/* This file is automatically generated by Lemon from input grammar
** source file "pikchr.y". */
/*
** Zero-Clause BSD license:
**
** Copyright (C) 2020-09-01 by D. Richard Hipp <drh@sqlite.org>
**
** Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for
** any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted.
**
****************************************************************************
**
** This software translates a PIC-inspired diagram language into SVG.
**
** PIKCHR (pronounced like "picture") is *mostly* backwards compatible
** with legacy PIC, though some features of legacy PIC are removed 
** (for example, the "sh" command is removed for security) and
** many enhancements are added.
**
** PIKCHR is designed for use in an internet facing web environment.
** In particular, PIKCHR is designed to safely generate benign SVG from
** source text that provided by a hostile agent. 
**
** This code was originally written by D. Richard Hipp using documentation
** from prior PIC implementations but without reference to prior code.
** All of the code in this project is original.
**
** This file implements a C-language subroutine that accepts a string
** of PIKCHR language text and generates a second string of SVG output that
** renders the drawing defined by the input.  Space to hold the returned
** string is obtained from malloc() and should be freed by the caller.
** NULL might be returned if there is a memory allocation error.
**
** If there are errors in the PIKCHR input, the output will consist of an
** error message and the original PIKCHR input text (inside of <pre>...</pre>).
**
** The subroutine implemented by this file is intended to be stand-alone.
** It uses no external routines other than routines commonly found in
** the standard C library.
**
****************************************************************************
** COMPILING:
**
** The original source text is a mixture of C99 and "Lemon"
** (See https://sqlite.org/src/file/doc/lemon.html).  Lemon is an LALR(1)
** parser generator program, similar to Yacc.  The grammar of the
** input language is specified in Lemon.  C-code is attached.  Lemon
** runs to generate a single output file ("pikchr.c") which is then
** compiled to generate the Pikchr library.  This header comment is
** preserved in the Lemon output, so you might be reading this in either
** the generated "pikchr.c" file that is output by Lemon, or in the
** "pikchr.y" source file that is input into Lemon.  If you make changes,
** you should change the input source file "pikchr.y", not the
** Lemon-generated output file.
**
** Basic compilation steps:
**
**      lemon pikchr.y
**      cc pikchr.c -o pikchr.o
**
** Add -DPIKCHR_SHELL to add a main() routine that reads input files
** and sends them through Pikchr, for testing.  Add -DPIKCHR_FUZZ for
** -fsanitizer=fuzzer testing.
**
****************************************************************************
** IMPLEMENTATION NOTES (for people who want to understand the internal
** operation of this software, perhaps to extend the code or to fix bugs):
**
** Each call to pikchr() uses a single instance of the Pik structure to
** track its internal state.  The Pik structure lives for the duration
** of the pikchr() call.
**
** The input is a sequence of objects or "statements".  Each statement is
** parsed into a PObj object.  These are stored on an extensible array
** called PList.  All parameters to each PObj are computed as the
** object is parsed.  (Hence, the parameters to a PObj may only refer
** to prior statements.) Once the PObj is completely assembled, it is
** added to the end of a PList and never changes thereafter - except,
** PObj objects that are part of a "[...]" block might have their
** absolute position shifted when the outer [...] block is positioned.
** But apart from this repositioning, PObj objects are unchanged once
** they are added to the list. The order of statements on a PList does
** not change.
**
** After all input has been parsed, the top-level PList is walked to
** generate output.  Sub-lists resulting from [...] blocks are scanned
** as they are encountered.  All input must be collected and parsed ahead
** of output generation because the size and position of statements must be
** known in order to compute a bounding box on the output.
**
** Each PObj is on a "layer".  (The common case is that all PObj's are
** on a single layer, but multiple layers are possible.)  A separate pass
** is made through the list for each layer.
**
** After all output is generated, the Pik object and all the PList
** and PObj objects are deallocated and the generated output string is
** returned.  Upon any error, the Pik.nErr flag is set, processing quickly
** stops, and the stack unwinds.  No attempt is made to continue reading
** input after an error.
**
** Most statements begin with a class name like "box" or "arrow" or "move".
** There is a class named "text" which is used for statements that begin
** with a string literal.  You can also specify the "text" class.
** A Sublist ("[...]") is a single object that contains a pointer to
** its substatements, all gathered onto a separate PList object.
**
** Variables go into PVar objects that form a linked list.
**
** Each PObj has zero or one names.  Input constructs that attempt
** to assign a new name from an older name, for example:
**
**      Abc:  Abc + (0.5cm, 0)
**
** Statements like these generate a new "noop" object at the specified
** place and with the given name. As place-names are searched by scanning
** the list in reverse order, this has the effect of overriding the "Abc"
** name when referenced by subsequent objects.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <assert.h>
#define count(X) (sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))
#ifndef M_PI
# define M_PI 3.1415926535897932385
#endif

/* Limit the number of tokens in a single script to avoid run-away
** macro expansion attacks.  See forum post
**    https://pikchr.org/home/forumpost/ef8684c6955a411a
*/
#ifndef PIKCHR_TOKEN_LIMIT
# define PIKCHR_TOKEN_LIMIT 100000
#endif


/* Tag intentionally unused parameters with this macro to prevent
** compiler warnings with -Wextra */
#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(X)  (void)(X)

typedef struct Pik Pik;          /* Complete parsing context */
typedef struct PToken PToken;    /* A single token */
typedef struct PObj PObj;        /* A single diagram object */
typedef struct PList PList;      /* A list of diagram objects */
typedef struct PClass PClass;    /* Description of statements types */
typedef double PNum;             /* Numeric value */
typedef struct PRel PRel;        /* Absolute or percentage value */
typedef struct PPoint PPoint;    /* A position in 2-D space */
typedef struct PVar PVar;        /* script-defined variable */
typedef struct PBox PBox;        /* A bounding box */
typedef struct PMacro PMacro;    /* A "define" macro */

/* Compass points */
#define CP_N      1
#define CP_NE     2
#define CP_E      3
#define CP_SE     4
#define CP_S      5
#define CP_SW     6
#define CP_W      7
#define CP_NW     8
#define CP_C      9   /* .center or .c */
#define CP_END   10   /* .end */
#define CP_START 11   /* .start */

/* Heading angles corresponding to compass points */
static const PNum pik_hdg_angle[] = {
/* none  */   0.0,
  /* N  */    0.0,
  /* NE */   45.0,
  /* E  */   90.0,
  /* SE */  135.0,
  /* S  */  180.0,
  /* SW */  225.0,
  /* W  */  270.0,
  /* NW */  315.0,
  /* C  */    0.0,
};

/* Built-in functions */
#define FN_ABS    0
#define FN_COS    1
#define FN_INT    2
#define FN_MAX    3
#define FN_MIN    4
#define FN_SIN    5
#define FN_SQRT   6

/* Text position and style flags.  Stored in PToken.eCode so limited
** to 15 bits. */
#define TP_LJUST   0x0001  /* left justify......          */
#define TP_RJUST   0x0002  /*            ...Right justify */
#define TP_JMASK   0x0003  /* Mask for justification bits */
#define TP_ABOVE2  0x0004  /* Position text way above PObj.ptAt */
#define TP_ABOVE   0x0008  /* Position text above PObj.ptAt */
#define TP_CENTER  0x0010  /* On the line */
#define TP_BELOW   0x0020  /* Position text below PObj.ptAt */
#define TP_BELOW2  0x0040  /* Position text way below PObj.ptAt */
#define TP_VMASK   0x007c  /* Mask for text positioning flags */
#define TP_BIG     0x0100  /* Larger font */
#define TP_SMALL   0x0200  /* Smaller font */
#define TP_XTRA    0x0400  /* Amplify TP_BIG or TP_SMALL */
#define TP_SZMASK  0x0700  /* Font size mask */
#define TP_ITALIC  0x1000  /* Italic font */
#define TP_BOLD    0x2000  /* Bold font */
#define TP_MONO    0x4000  /* Monospace font family */
#define TP_FMASK   0x7000  /* Mask for font style */
#define TP_ALIGN   0x8000  /* Rotate to align with the line */

/* An object to hold a position in 2-D space */
struct PPoint {
  PNum x, y;             /* X and Y coordinates */
};
static const PPoint cZeroPoint = {0.0,0.0};

/* A bounding box */
struct PBox {
  PPoint sw, ne;         /* Lower-left and top-right corners */
};

/* An Absolute or a relative distance.  The absolute distance
** is stored in rAbs and the relative distance is stored in rRel.
** Usually, one or the other will be 0.0.  When using a PRel to
** update an existing value, the computation is usually something
** like this:
**
**          value = PRel.rAbs + value*PRel.rRel
**
*/
struct PRel {
  PNum rAbs;            /* Absolute value */
  PNum rRel;            /* Value relative to current value */
};

/* A variable created by the ID = EXPR construct of the PIKCHR script 
**
** PIKCHR (and PIC) scripts do not use many varaibles, so it is reasonable
** to store them all on a linked list.
*/
struct PVar {
  const char *zName;       /* Name of the variable */
  PNum val;                /* Value of the variable */
  PVar *pNext;             /* Next variable in a list of them all */
};

/* A single token in the parser input stream
*/
struct PToken {
  const char *z;             /* Pointer to the token text */
  unsigned int n;            /* Length of the token in bytes */
  short int eCode;           /* Auxiliary code */
  unsigned char eType;       /* The numeric parser code */
  unsigned char eEdge;       /* Corner value for corner keywords */
};

/* Return negative, zero, or positive if pToken is less than, equal to
** or greater than the zero-terminated string z[]
*/
static int pik_token_eq(PToken *pToken, const char *z){
  int c = strncmp(pToken->z,z,pToken->n);
  if( c==0 && z[pToken->n]!=0 ) c = -1;
  return c;
}

/* Extra token types not generated by LEMON but needed by the
** tokenizer
*/
#define T_PARAMETER  253     /* $1, $2, ..., $9 */
#define T_WHITESPACE 254     /* Whitespace of comments */
#define T_ERROR      255     /* Any text that is not a valid token */

/* Directions of movement */
#define DIR_RIGHT     0
#define DIR_DOWN      1
#define DIR_LEFT      2
#define DIR_UP        3
#define ValidDir(X)     ((X)>=0 && (X)<=3)
#define IsUpDown(X)     (((X)&1)==1)
#define IsLeftRight(X)  (((X)&1)==0)

/* Bitmask for the various attributes for PObj.  These bits are
** collected in PObj.mProp and PObj.mCalc to check for constraint
** errors. */
#define A_WIDTH         0x0001
#define A_HEIGHT        0x0002
#define A_RADIUS        0x0004
#define A_THICKNESS     0x0008
#define A_DASHED        0x0010 /* Includes "dotted" */
#define A_FILL          0x0020
#define A_COLOR         0x0040
#define A_ARROW         0x0080
#define A_FROM          0x0100
#define A_CW            0x0200
#define A_AT            0x0400
#define A_TO            0x0800 /* one or more movement attributes */
#define A_FIT           0x1000


/* A single graphics object */
struct PObj {
  const PClass *type;      /* Object type or class */
  PToken errTok;           /* Reference token for error messages */
  PPoint ptAt;             /* Reference point for the object */
  PPoint ptEnter, ptExit;  /* Entry and exit points */
  PList *pSublist;         /* Substructure for [...] objects */
  char *zName;             /* Name assigned to this statement */
  PNum w;                  /* "width" property */
  PNum h;                  /* "height" property */
  PNum rad;                /* "radius" property */
  PNum sw;                 /* "thickness" property. (Mnemonic: "stroke width")*/
  PNum dotted;             /* "dotted" property.   <=0.0 for off */
  PNum dashed;             /* "dashed" property.   <=0.0 for off */
  PNum fill;               /* "fill" property.  Negative for off */
  PNum color;              /* "color" property */
  PPoint with;             /* Position constraint from WITH clause */
  char eWith;              /* Type of heading point on WITH clause */
  char cw;                 /* True for clockwise arc */
  char larrow;             /* Arrow at beginning (<- or <->) */
  char rarrow;             /* Arrow at end  (-> or <->) */
  char bClose;             /* True if "close" is seen */
  char bChop;              /* True if "chop" is seen */
  unsigned char nTxt;      /* Number of text values */
  unsigned mProp;          /* Masks of properties set so far */
  unsigned mCalc;          /* Values computed from other constraints */
  PToken aTxt[5];          /* Text with .eCode holding TP flags */
  int iLayer;              /* Rendering order */
  int inDir, outDir;       /* Entry and exit directions */
  int nPath;               /* Number of path points */
  PPoint *aPath;           /* Array of path points */
  PObj *pFrom, *pTo;       /* End-point objects of a path */
  PBox bbox;               /* Bounding box */
};

/* A list of graphics objects */
struct PList {
  int n;          /* Number of statements in the list */
  int nAlloc;     /* Allocated slots in a[] */
  PObj **a;       /* Pointers to individual objects */
};

/* A macro definition */
struct PMacro {
  PMacro *pNext;       /* Next in the list */
  PToken macroName;    /* Name of the macro */
  PToken macroBody;    /* Body of the macro */
  int inUse;           /* Do not allow recursion */
};

/* Each call to the pikchr() subroutine uses an instance of the following
** object to pass around context to all of its subroutines.
*/
struct Pik {
  unsigned nErr;           /* Number of errors seen */
  unsigned nToken;         /* Number of tokens parsed */
  PToken sIn;              /* Input Pikchr-language text */
  char *zOut;              /* Result accumulates here */
  unsigned int nOut;       /* Bytes written to zOut[] so far */
  unsigned int nOutAlloc;  /* Space allocated to zOut[] */
  unsigned char eDir;      /* Current direction */
  unsigned int mFlags;     /* Flags passed to pikchr() */
  PObj *cur;               /* Object under construction */
  PObj *lastRef;           /* Last object references by name */
  PList *list;             /* Object list under construction */
  PMacro *pMacros;         /* List of all defined macros */
  PVar *pVar;              /* Application-defined variables */
  PBox bbox;               /* Bounding box around all statements */
                           /* Cache of layout values.  <=0.0 for unknown... */
  PNum rScale;                 /* Multiply to convert inches to pixels */
  PNum fontScale;              /* Scale fonts by this percent */
  PNum charWidth;              /* Character width */
  PNum charHeight;             /* Character height */
  PNum wArrow;                 /* Width of arrowhead at the fat end */
  PNum hArrow;                 /* Ht of arrowhead - dist from tip to fat end */
  char bLayoutVars;            /* True if cache is valid */
  char thenFlag;           /* True if "then" seen */
  char samePath;           /* aTPath copied by "same" */
  const char *zClass;      /* Class name for the <svg> */
  int wSVG, hSVG;          /* Width and height of the <svg> */
  int fgcolor;             /* foreground color value, or -1 for none */
  int bgcolor;             /* background color value, or -1 for none */
  /* Paths for lines are constructed here first, then transferred into
  ** the PObj object at the end: */
  int nTPath;              /* Number of entries on aTPath[] */
  int mTPath;              /* For last entry, 1: x set,  2: y set */
  PPoint aTPath[1000];     /* Path under construction */
  /* Error contexts */
  unsigned int nCtx;       /* Number of error contexts */
  PToken aCtx[10];         /* Nested error contexts */
};

/* Include PIKCHR_PLAINTEXT_ERRORS among the bits of mFlags on the 3rd
** argument to pikchr() in order to cause error message text to come out
** as text/plain instead of as text/html
*/
#define PIKCHR_PLAINTEXT_ERRORS 0x0001

/* Include PIKCHR_DARK_MODE among the mFlag bits to invert colors.
*/
#define PIKCHR_DARK_MODE        0x0002

/*
** The behavior of an object class is defined by an instance of
** this structure. This is the "virtual method" table.
*/
struct PClass {
  const char *zName;                     /* Name of class */
  char isLine;                           /* True if a line class */
  char eJust;                            /* Use box-style text justification */
  void (*xInit)(Pik*,PObj*);              /* Initializer */
  void (*xNumProp)(Pik*,PObj*,PToken*);   /* Value change notification */
  void (*xCheck)(Pik*,PObj*);             /* Checks to do after parsing */
  PPoint (*xChop)(Pik*,PObj*,PPoint*);    /* Chopper */
  PPoint (*xOffset)(Pik*,PObj*,int);      /* Offset from .c to edge point */
  void (*xFit)(Pik*,PObj*,PNum w,PNum h); /* Size to fit text */
  void (*xRender)(Pik*,PObj*);            /* Render */
};


/* Forward declarations */
static void pik_append(Pik*, const char*,int);
static void pik_append_text(Pik*,const char*,int,int);
static void pik_append_num(Pik*,const char*,PNum);
static void pik_append_point(Pik*,const char*,PPoint*);
static void pik_append_x(Pik*,const char*,PNum,const char*);
static void pik_append_y(Pik*,const char*,PNum,const char*);
static void pik_append_xy(Pik*,const char*,PNum,PNum);
static void pik_append_dis(Pik*,const char*,PNum,const char*);
static void pik_append_arc(Pik*,PNum,PNum,PNum,PNum);
static void pik_append_clr(Pik*,const char*,PNum,const char*,int);
static void pik_append_style(Pik*,PObj*,int);
static void pik_append_txt(Pik*,PObj*, PBox*);
static void pik_draw_arrowhead(Pik*,PPoint*pFrom,PPoint*pTo,PObj*);
static void pik_chop(PPoint*pFrom,PPoint*pTo,PNum);
static void pik_error(Pik*,PToken*,const char*);
static void pik_elist_free(Pik*,PList*);
static void pik_elem_free(Pik*,PObj*);
static void pik_render(Pik*,PList*);
static PList *pik_elist_append(Pik*,PList*,PObj*);
static PObj *pik_elem_new(Pik*,PToken*,PToken*,PList*);
static void pik_set_direction(Pik*,int);
static void pik_elem_setname(Pik*,PObj*,PToken*);
static int pik_round(PNum);
static void pik_set_var(Pik*,PToken*,PNum,PToken*);
static PNum pik_value(Pik*,const char*,int,int*);
static int pik_value_int(Pik*,const char*,int,int*);
static PNum pik_lookup_color(Pik*,PToken*);
static PNum pik_get_var(Pik*,PToken*);
static PNum pik_atof(PToken*);
static void pik_after_adding_attributes(Pik*,PObj*);
static void pik_elem_move(PObj*,PNum dx, PNum dy);
static void pik_elist_move(PList*,PNum dx, PNum dy);
static void pik_set_numprop(Pik*,PToken*,PRel*);
static void pik_set_clrprop(Pik*,PToken*,PNum);
static void pik_set_dashed(Pik*,PToken*,PNum*);
static void pik_then(Pik*,PToken*,PObj*);
static void pik_add_direction(Pik*,PToken*,PRel*);
static void pik_move_hdg(Pik*,PRel*,PToken*,PNum,PToken*,PToken*);
static void pik_evenwith(Pik*,PToken*,PPoint*);
static void pik_set_from(Pik*,PObj*,PToken*,PPoint*);
static void pik_add_to(Pik*,PObj*,PToken*,PPoint*);
static void pik_close_path(Pik*,PToken*);
static void pik_set_at(Pik*,PToken*,PPoint*,PToken*);
static short int pik_nth_value(Pik*,PToken*);
static PObj *pik_find_nth(Pik*,PObj*,PToken*);
static PObj *pik_find_byname(Pik*,PObj*,PToken*);
static PPoint pik_place_of_elem(Pik*,PObj*,PToken*);
static int pik_bbox_isempty(PBox*);
static int pik_bbox_contains_point(PBox*,PPoint*);
static void pik_bbox_init(PBox*);
static void pik_bbox_addbox(PBox*,PBox*);
static void pik_bbox_add_xy(PBox*,PNum,PNum);
static void pik_bbox_addellipse(PBox*,PNum x,PNum y,PNum rx,PNum ry);
static void pik_add_txt(Pik*,PToken*,int);
static int pik_text_length(const PToken *pToken, const int isMonospace);
static void pik_size_to_fit(Pik*,PToken*,int);
static int pik_text_position(int,PToken*);
static PNum pik_property_of(PObj*,PToken*);
static PNum pik_func(Pik*,PToken*,PNum,PNum);
static PPoint pik_position_between(PNum x, PPoint p1, PPoint p2);
static PPoint pik_position_at_angle(PNum dist, PNum r, PPoint pt);
static PPoint pik_position_at_hdg(PNum dist, PToken *pD, PPoint pt);
static void pik_same(Pik *p, PObj*, PToken*);
static PPoint pik_nth_vertex(Pik *p, PToken *pNth, PToken *pErr, PObj *pObj);
static PToken pik_next_semantic_token(PToken *pThis);
static void pik_compute_layout_settings(Pik*);
static void pik_behind(Pik*,PObj*);
static PObj *pik_assert(Pik*,PNum,PToken*,PNum);
static PObj *pik_position_assert(Pik*,PPoint*,PToken*,PPoint*);
static PNum pik_dist(PPoint*,PPoint*);
static void pik_add_macro(Pik*,PToken *pId,PToken *pCode);


#line 521 "pikchr.c"
/**************** End of %include directives **********************************/
/* These constants specify the various numeric values for terminal symbols.
***************** Begin token definitions *************************************/
#ifndef T_ID
#define T_ID                              1
#define T_EDGEPT                          2
#define T_OF                              3
#define T_PLUS                            4
#define T_MINUS                           5
#define T_STAR                            6
#define T_SLASH                           7
#define T_PERCENT                         8
#define T_UMINUS                          9
#define T_EOL                            10
#define T_ASSIGN                         11
#define T_PLACENAME                      12
#define T_COLON                          13
#define T_ASSERT                         14
#define T_LP                             15
#define T_EQ                             16
#define T_RP                             17
#define T_DEFINE                         18
#define T_CODEBLOCK                      19
#define T_FILL                           20
#define T_COLOR                          21
#define T_THICKNESS                      22
#define T_PRINT                          23
#define T_STRING                         24
#define T_COMMA                          25
#define T_CLASSNAME                      26
#define T_LB                             27
#define T_RB                             28
#define T_UP                             29
#define T_DOWN                           30
#define T_LEFT                           31
#define T_RIGHT                          32
#define T_CLOSE                          33
#define T_CHOP                           34
#define T_FROM                           35
#define T_TO                             36
#define T_THEN                           37
#define T_HEADING                        38
#define T_GO                             39
#define T_AT                             40
#define T_WITH                           41
#define T_SAME                           42
#define T_AS                             43
#define T_FIT                            44
#define T_BEHIND                         45
#define T_UNTIL                          46
#define T_EVEN                           47
#define T_DOT_E                          48
#define T_HEIGHT                         49
#define T_WIDTH                          50
#define T_RADIUS                         51
#define T_DIAMETER                       52
#define T_DOTTED                         53
#define T_DASHED                         54
#define T_CW                             55
#define T_CCW                            56
#define T_LARROW                         57
#define T_RARROW                         58
#define T_LRARROW                        59
#define T_INVIS                          60
#define T_THICK                          61
#define T_THIN                           62
#define T_SOLID                          63
#define T_CENTER                         64
#define T_LJUST                          65
#define T_RJUST                          66
#define T_ABOVE                          67
#define T_BELOW                          68
#define T_ITALIC                         69
#define T_BOLD                           70
#define T_MONO                           71
#define T_ALIGNED                        72
#define T_BIG                            73
#define T_SMALL                          74
#define T_AND                            75
#define T_LT                             76
#define T_GT                             77
#define T_ON                             78
#define T_WAY                            79
#define T_BETWEEN                        80
#define T_THE                            81
#define T_NTH                            82
#define T_VERTEX                         83
#define T_TOP                            84
#define T_BOTTOM                         85
#define T_START                          86
#define T_END                            87
#define T_IN                             88
#define T_THIS                           89
#define T_DOT_U                          90
#define T_LAST                           91
#define T_NUMBER                         92
#define T_FUNC1                          93
#define T_FUNC2                          94
#define T_DIST                           95
#define T_DOT_XY                         96
#define T_X                              97
#define T_Y                              98
#define T_DOT_L                          99
#endif
/**************** End token definitions ***************************************/

/* The next sections is a series of control #defines.
** various aspects of the generated parser.
**    YYCODETYPE         is the data type used to store the integer codes
**                       that represent terminal and non-terminal symbols.
**                       "unsigned char" is used if there are fewer than
**                       256 symbols.  Larger types otherwise.
**    YYNOCODE           is a number of type YYCODETYPE that is not used for
**                       any terminal or nonterminal symbol.
**    YYFALLBACK         If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens
**                       (also known as: "terminal symbols") have fall-back
**                       values which should be used if the original symbol
**                       would not parse.  This permits keywords to sometimes
**                       be used as identifiers, for example.
**    YYACTIONTYPE       is the data type used for "action codes" - numbers
**                       that indicate what to do in response to the next
**                       token.
**    pik_parserTOKENTYPE     is the data type used for minor type for terminal
**                       symbols.  Background: A "minor type" is a semantic
**                       value associated with a terminal or non-terminal
**                       symbols.  For example, for an "ID" terminal symbol,
**                       the minor type might be the name of the identifier.
**                       Each non-terminal can have a different minor type.
**                       Terminal symbols all have the same minor type, though.
**                       This macros defines the minor type for terminal 
**                       symbols.
**    YYMINORTYPE        is the data type used for all minor types.
**                       This is typically a union of many types, one of
**                       which is pik_parserTOKENTYPE.  The entry in the union
**                       for terminal symbols is called "yy0".
**    YYSTACKDEPTH       is the maximum depth of the parser's stack.  If
**                       zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc()
**    pik_parserARG_SDECL     A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument
**    pik_parserARG_PDECL     A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument
**    pik_parserARG_PARAM     Code to pass %extra_argument as a subroutine parameter
**    pik_parserARG_STORE     Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser
**    pik_parserARG_FETCH     Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser
**    pik_parserCTX_*         As pik_parserARG_ except for %extra_context
**    YYERRORSYMBOL      is the code number of the error symbol.  If not
**                       defined, then do no error processing.
**    YYNSTATE           the combined number of states.
**    YYNRULE            the number of rules in the grammar
**    YYNTOKEN           Number of terminal symbols
**    YY_MAX_SHIFT       Maximum value for shift actions
**    YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE Minimum value for shift-reduce actions
**    YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE Maximum value for shift-reduce actions
**    YY_ERROR_ACTION    The yy_action[] code for syntax error
**    YY_ACCEPT_ACTION   The yy_action[] code for accept
**    YY_NO_ACTION       The yy_action[] code for no-op
**    YY_MIN_REDUCE      Minimum value for reduce actions
**    YY_MAX_REDUCE      Maximum value for reduce actions
*/
#ifndef INTERFACE
# define INTERFACE 1
#endif
/************* Begin control #defines *****************************************/
#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char
#define YYNOCODE 136
#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int
#define pik_parserTOKENTYPE PToken
typedef union {
  int yyinit;
  pik_parserTOKENTYPE yy0;
  PNum yy21;
  PPoint yy63;
  PRel yy72;
  PObj* yy162;
  short int yy188;
  PList* yy235;
} YYMINORTYPE;
#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH
#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100
#endif
#define pik_parserARG_SDECL
#define pik_parserARG_PDECL
#define pik_parserARG_PARAM
#define pik_parserARG_FETCH
#define pik_parserARG_STORE
#define pik_parserCTX_SDECL Pik *p;
#define pik_parserCTX_PDECL ,Pik *p
#define pik_parserCTX_PARAM ,p
#define pik_parserCTX_FETCH Pik *p=yypParser->p;
#define pik_parserCTX_STORE yypParser->p=p;
#define YYFALLBACK 1
#define YYNSTATE             164
#define YYNRULE              156
#define YYNRULE_WITH_ACTION  116
#define YYNTOKEN             100
#define YY_MAX_SHIFT         163
#define YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE   287
#define YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE   442
#define YY_ERROR_ACTION      443
#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION     444
#define YY_NO_ACTION         445
#define YY_MIN_REDUCE        446
#define YY_MAX_REDUCE        601
/************* End control #defines *******************************************/
#define YY_NLOOKAHEAD ((int)(sizeof(yy_lookahead)/sizeof(yy_lookahead[0])))

/* Define the yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined
** otherwise.
**
** Applications can choose to define yytestcase() in the %include section
** to a macro that can assist in verifying code coverage.  For production
** code the yytestcase() macro should be turned off.  But it is useful
** for testing.
*/
#ifndef yytestcase
# define yytestcase(X)
#endif


/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the
** current state and lookahead token.  These tables are used to implement
** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an
** action integer.  
**
** Suppose the action integer is N.  Then the action is determined as
** follows
**
**   0 <= N <= YY_MAX_SHIFT             Shift N.  That is, push the lookahead
**                                      token onto the stack and goto state N.
**
**   N between YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE       Shift to an arbitrary state then
**     and YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE           reduce by rule N-YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE.
**
**   N == YY_ERROR_ACTION               A syntax error has occurred.
**
**   N == YY_ACCEPT_ACTION              The parser accepts its input.
**
**   N == YY_NO_ACTION                  No such action.  Denotes unused
**                                      slots in the yy_action[] table.
**
**   N between YY_MIN_REDUCE            Reduce by rule N-YY_MIN_REDUCE
**     and YY_MAX_REDUCE
**
** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[].
** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as either:
**
**    (A)   N = yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ]
**    (B)   N = yy_default[S]
**
** The (A) formula is preferred.  The B formula is used instead if
** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X.
**
** The formulas above are for computing the action when the lookahead is
** a terminal symbol.  If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after
** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of
** the yy_shift_ofst[] array.
**
** The following are the tables generated in this section:
**
**  yy_action[]        A single table containing all actions.
**  yy_lookahead[]     A table containing the lookahead for each entry in
**                     yy_action.  Used to detect hash collisions.
**  yy_shift_ofst[]    For each state, the offset into yy_action for
**                     shifting terminals.
**  yy_reduce_ofst[]   For each state, the offset into yy_action for
**                     shifting non-terminals after a reduce.
**  yy_default[]       Default action for each state.
**
*********** Begin parsing tables **********************************************/
#define YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (1313)
static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = {
 /*     0 */   575,  495,  161,  119,   25,  452,   29,   74,  129,  148,
 /*    10 */   575,  492,  161,  119,  453,  113,  120,  161,  119,  530,
 /*    20 */   427,  428,  339,  559,   81,   30,  560,  561,  575,   64,
 /*    30 */    63,   62,   61,  322,  323,    9,    8,   33,  149,   32,
 /*    40 */     7,   71,  127,   38,  335,   66,   48,   37,   28,  339,
 /*    50 */   339,  339,  339,  425,  426,  340,  341,  342,  343,  344,
 /*    60 */   345,  346,  347,  348,  474,  528,  161,  119,  577,   77,
 /*    70 */   577,   73,  306,  148,  474,  533,  161,  119,  112,  113,
 /*    80 */   120,  161,  119,  128,  427,  428,  339,   31,   81,  531,
 /*    90 */   161,  119,  474,   35,  330,  378,  158,  322,  323,    9,
 /*   100 */     8,   33,  149,   32,    7,   71,  127,  328,  335,   66,
 /*   110 */   579,  378,  158,  339,  339,  339,  339,  425,  426,  340,
 /*   120 */   341,  342,  343,  344,  345,  346,  347,  348,  394,  435,
 /*   130 */    46,   59,   60,   64,   63,   62,   61,  357,   36,  376,
 /*   140 */    54,   51,    2,   47,  403,   13,  297,  411,  412,  413,
 /*   150 */   414,   80,  162,  308,   79,  133,  310,  126,  441,  440,
 /*   160 */   118,  123,   83,  404,  405,  406,  408,   80,   84,  308,
 /*   170 */    79,  299,  411,  412,  413,  414,  118,   69,  350,  350,
 /*   180 */   350,  350,  350,  350,  350,  350,  350,  350,  350,   62,
 /*   190 */    61,  434,   64,   63,   62,   61,  313,  398,  399,  427,
 /*   200 */   428,  339,  380,  157,   64,   63,   62,   61,  122,  106,
 /*   210 */   535,  436,  437,  438,  439,  298,  375,  391,  117,  393,
 /*   220 */   155,  154,  153,  394,  435,   49,   59,   60,  339,  339,
 /*   230 */   339,  339,  425,  426,  376,    3,    4,    2,   64,   63,
 /*   240 */    62,   61,  156,  156,  156,  394,  379,  159,   59,   60,
 /*   250 */    76,   67,  535,  441,  440,    5,  102,    6,  535,   42,
 /*   260 */   131,  535,   69,  107,  301,  302,  303,  394,  305,   15,
 /*   270 */    59,   60,  120,  161,  119,  446,  463,  424,  376,  423,
 /*   280 */     1,   42,  397,   78,   78,   36,  434,   11,  394,  435,
 /*   290 */   356,   59,   60,   12,  152,  139,  432,   14,   16,  376,
 /*   300 */    18,   65,    2,  138,  106,  430,  436,  437,  438,  439,
 /*   310 */    44,  375,   19,  117,  393,  155,  154,  153,  441,  440,
 /*   320 */   142,  140,   64,   63,   62,   61,  106,   20,   68,  376,
 /*   330 */   359,  107,   23,  375,   45,  117,  393,  155,  154,  153,
 /*   340 */   120,  161,  119,   55,  463,  114,   26,   57,  106,  147,
 /*   350 */   146,  434,  569,   58,  392,  375,   43,  117,  393,  155,
 /*   360 */   154,  153,  152,  384,   64,   63,   62,   61,  382,  106,
 /*   370 */   383,  436,  437,  438,  439,  377,  375,   70,  117,  393,
 /*   380 */   155,  154,  153,  160,   39,   22,   21,  445,  142,  140,
 /*   390 */    64,   63,   62,   61,   24,   17,  145,  141,  431,  108,
 /*   400 */   445,  445,  445,  391,  445,  445,  375,  445,  117,  445,
 /*   410 */   445,   55,   74,  445,  148,  445,  445,  147,  146,  124,
 /*   420 */   113,  120,  161,  119,   43,  445,  445,  142,  140,   64,
 /*   430 */    63,   62,   61,  445,  394,  445,  445,   59,   60,   64,
 /*   440 */    63,   62,   61,  149,  445,  376,  445,  445,   42,  445,
 /*   450 */    55,  445,  391,   22,   21,  445,  147,  146,  445,  445,
 /*   460 */    52,  445,   24,   43,  145,  141,  431,  394,  445,  445,
 /*   470 */    59,   60,   64,   63,   62,   61,  445,  445,  376,  132,
 /*   480 */   130,   42,  445,  445,  445,  355,  156,  156,  156,  445,
 /*   490 */   445,  445,   22,   21,  445,  394,  473,  445,   59,   60,
 /*   500 */   445,   24,  445,  145,  141,  431,  376,  445,  107,   42,
 /*   510 */    64,   63,   62,   61,  445,  106,  445,  120,  161,  119,
 /*   520 */   445,  478,  375,  354,  117,  393,  155,  154,  153,  445,
 /*   530 */   394,  143,  473,   59,   60,   64,   63,   62,   61,  152,
 /*   540 */   445,  376,  445,  445,   42,  445,  445,  445,  106,   64,
 /*   550 */    63,   62,   61,  445,  445,  375,   50,  117,  393,  155,
 /*   560 */   154,  153,  445,  394,  144,  445,   59,   60,  445,  445,
 /*   570 */    53,   72,  445,  148,  376,  445,  106,   42,  125,  113,
 /*   580 */   120,  161,  119,  375,  445,  117,  393,  155,  154,  153,
 /*   590 */   394,  445,  445,   59,   60,  445,  445,  445,  445,  445,
 /*   600 */   445,  102,  149,  445,   42,  445,   74,  445,  148,  445,
 /*   610 */   445,  106,  445,  497,  113,  120,  161,  119,  375,  445,
 /*   620 */   117,  393,  155,  154,  153,  394,  445,  445,   59,   60,
 /*   630 */   445,  445,   88,  445,  445,  445,  376,  149,  445,   40,
 /*   640 */   445,  120,  161,  119,  106,  445,  445,  435,  110,  110,
 /*   650 */   445,  375,  445,  117,  393,  155,  154,  153,  394,  445,
 /*   660 */   445,   59,   60,  152,   85,  445,  445,  445,  445,  376,
 /*   670 */   445,  106,   41,  120,  161,  119,  441,  440,  375,  445,
 /*   680 */   117,  393,  155,  154,  153,  448,  454,   29,  445,  445,
 /*   690 */    74,  450,  148,   75,   88,  152,  445,  496,  113,  120,
 /*   700 */   161,  119,  163,  120,  161,  119,  106,   27,  445,  434,
 /*   710 */   111,  111,  445,  375,  445,  117,  393,  155,  154,  153,
 /*   720 */   445,  149,  445,  445,  445,  152,   74,  445,  148,  436,
 /*   730 */   437,  438,  439,  490,  113,  120,  161,  119,  445,  106,
 /*   740 */   121,  447,  454,   29,  445,  445,  375,  450,  117,  393,
 /*   750 */   155,  154,  153,  445,  445,  445,  445,  149,  163,   74,
 /*   760 */   445,  148,  444,   27,  445,  445,  484,  113,  120,  161,
 /*   770 */   119,  445,  445,  445,   74,  445,  148,  445,  445,  445,
 /*   780 */   445,  483,  113,  120,  161,  119,   74,  445,  148,   86,
 /*   790 */   149,  445,  445,  480,  113,  120,  161,  119,  120,  161,
 /*   800 */   119,  445,   74,  445,  148,  149,  445,  445,  445,  134,
 /*   810 */   113,  120,  161,  119,   74,  445,  148,  149,  445,  445,
 /*   820 */   152,  517,  113,  120,  161,  119,   88,   64,   63,   62,
 /*   830 */    61,  445,  445,  149,  445,  120,  161,  119,  445,   74,
 /*   840 */   396,  148,  475,  445,  445,  149,  137,  113,  120,  161,
 /*   850 */   119,   74,  445,  148,  445,  445,  445,  152,  525,  113,
 /*   860 */   120,  161,  119,  445,   74,  445,  148,  445,  445,  445,
 /*   870 */   149,  527,  113,  120,  161,  119,  445,  445,  445,   74,
 /*   880 */   445,  148,  149,  445,  445,  445,  524,  113,  120,  161,
 /*   890 */   119,   74,  445,  148,   98,  149,  445,  445,  526,  113,
 /*   900 */   120,  161,  119,  120,  161,  119,  445,   74,  445,  148,
 /*   910 */   149,  445,  445,  445,  523,  113,  120,  161,  119,   74,
 /*   920 */   445,  148,  149,  445,  445,  152,  522,  113,  120,  161,
 /*   930 */   119,   89,   64,   63,   62,   61,  445,  445,  149,  445,
 /*   940 */   120,  161,  119,  445,   74,  395,  148,  445,  445,  445,
 /*   950 */   149,  521,  113,  120,  161,  119,   74,  445,  148,  445,
 /*   960 */   445,  445,  152,  520,  113,  120,  161,  119,  445,   74,
 /*   970 */   445,  148,  445,  445,  445,  149,  519,  113,  120,  161,
 /*   980 */   119,  445,  445,  445,   74,  445,  148,  149,  445,  445,
 /*   990 */   445,  150,  113,  120,  161,  119,   74,  445,  148,   90,
 /*  1000 */   149,  445,  445,  151,  113,  120,  161,  119,  120,  161,
 /*  1010 */   119,  445,   74,  445,  148,  149,  445,  435,  445,  136,
 /*  1020 */   113,  120,  161,  119,   74,  445,  148,  149,  445,  445,
 /*  1030 */   152,  135,  113,  120,  161,  119,   64,   63,   62,   61,
 /*  1040 */   445,  445,  445,  149,  445,  445,  441,  440,  445,   88,
 /*  1050 */   445,  445,  445,  445,  445,  149,  445,   56,  120,  161,
 /*  1060 */   119,   88,  445,  445,   10,  479,  479,  445,  445,  445,
 /*  1070 */   120,  161,  119,  445,  445,  445,  445,   82,  445,  434,
 /*  1080 */   152,  445,  445,  445,  466,  445,   34,  109,  447,  454,
 /*  1090 */    29,  445,  152,  445,  450,  445,  445,  445,  107,  436,
 /*  1100 */   437,  438,  439,   87,  445,  163,  445,  120,  161,  119,
 /*  1110 */    27,  451,  120,  161,  119,   99,  445,   64,   63,   62,
 /*  1120 */    61,  445,  100,  445,  120,  161,  119,  101,  445,  152,
 /*  1130 */   391,  120,  161,  119,  152,  445,  120,  161,  119,   91,
 /*  1140 */   445,  445,  445,  445,  445,  445,  152,  445,  120,  161,
 /*  1150 */   119,  103,  445,  152,   92,  445,  445,  445,  152,  445,
 /*  1160 */   120,  161,  119,  120,  161,  119,   93,  445,  445,  104,
 /*  1170 */   152,  445,  445,  445,  445,  120,  161,  119,  120,  161,
 /*  1180 */   119,  445,  152,  445,   94,  152,  445,  445,  445,  445,
 /*  1190 */   445,  445,  105,  120,  161,  119,  445,  152,  445,   95,
 /*  1200 */   152,  120,  161,  119,  445,  445,  445,   96,  120,  161,
 /*  1210 */   119,  445,  445,  445,  445,  152,  120,  161,  119,  445,
 /*  1220 */   445,  445,  445,  152,  445,  445,  445,  445,  445,  445,
 /*  1230 */   152,   97,  445,  445,  549,  445,  445,  548,  152,  445,
 /*  1240 */   120,  161,  119,  120,  161,  119,  120,  161,  119,  445,
 /*  1250 */   445,  445,  445,  445,  445,  445,  445,  445,  445,  445,
 /*  1260 */   445,  445,  152,  547,  445,  152,  546,  445,  152,  115,
 /*  1270 */   445,  445,  120,  161,  119,  120,  161,  119,  120,  161,
 /*  1280 */   119,  116,  445,  445,  445,  445,  445,  445,  445,  445,
 /*  1290 */   120,  161,  119,  445,  152,  445,  445,  152,  445,  445,
 /*  1300 */   152,  445,  445,  445,  445,  445,  445,  445,  445,  445,
 /*  1310 */   445,  445,  152,
};
static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = {
 /*     0 */     0,  113,  114,  115,  134,  102,  103,  104,  106,  106,
 /*    10 */    10,  113,  114,  115,  111,  112,  113,  114,  115,  106,
 /*    20 */    20,   21,   22,  105,   24,  126,  108,  109,   28,    4,
 /*    30 */     5,    6,    7,   33,   34,   35,   36,   37,  135,   39,
 /*    40 */    40,   41,   42,  105,   44,   45,  108,  109,  107,   49,
 /*    50 */    50,   51,   52,   53,   54,   55,   56,   57,   58,   59,
 /*    60 */    60,   61,   62,   63,    0,  113,  114,  115,  130,  131,
 /*    70 */   132,  104,   25,  106,   10,  113,  114,  115,  111,  112,
 /*    80 */   113,  114,  115,  106,   20,   21,   22,  128,   24,  113,
 /*    90 */   114,  115,   28,  129,    2,   26,   27,   33,   34,   35,
 /*   100 */    36,   37,  135,   39,   40,   41,   42,    2,   44,   45,
 /*   110 */   133,   26,   27,   49,   50,   51,   52,   53,   54,   55,
 /*   120 */    56,   57,   58,   59,   60,   61,   62,   63,    1,    2,
 /*   130 */    38,    4,    5,    4,    5,    6,    7,   17,   10,   12,
 /*   140 */     4,    5,   15,   38,    1,   25,   17,   29,   30,   31,
 /*   150 */    32,   24,   83,   26,   27,   12,   28,   14,   31,   32,
 /*   160 */    91,   18,  116,   20,   21,   22,   23,   24,  116,   26,
 /*   170 */    27,   19,   29,   30,   31,   32,   91,    3,   64,   65,
 /*   180 */    66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,    6,
 /*   190 */     7,   64,    4,    5,    6,    7,    8,   97,   98,   20,
 /*   200 */    21,   22,   26,   27,    4,    5,    6,    7,    1,   82,
 /*   210 */    48,   84,   85,   86,   87,   17,   89,   17,   91,   92,
 /*   220 */    93,   94,   95,    1,    2,   25,    4,    5,   49,   50,
 /*   230 */    51,   52,   53,   54,   12,   16,   15,   15,    4,    5,
 /*   240 */     6,    7,   20,   21,   22,    1,   26,   27,    4,    5,
 /*   250 */    48,   43,   90,   31,   32,   40,   12,   40,   96,   15,
 /*   260 */    47,   99,   88,  104,   20,   21,   22,    1,   24,   35,
 /*   270 */     4,    5,  113,  114,  115,    0,  117,   41,   12,   41,
 /*   280 */    13,   15,   17,  124,  125,   10,   64,   25,    1,    2,
 /*   290 */    17,    4,    5,   75,  135,   81,   80,    3,    3,   12,
 /*   300 */     3,   99,   15,   79,   82,   80,   84,   85,   86,   87,
 /*   310 */    38,   89,    3,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,   31,   32,
 /*   320 */     2,    3,    4,    5,    6,    7,   82,    3,    3,   12,
 /*   330 */    77,  104,   25,   89,   16,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,
 /*   340 */   113,  114,  115,   25,  117,   96,   15,   15,   82,   31,
 /*   350 */    32,   64,  125,   15,   17,   89,   38,   91,   92,   93,
 /*   360 */    94,   95,  135,   28,    4,    5,    6,    7,   28,   82,
 /*   370 */    28,   84,   85,   86,   87,   12,   89,    3,   91,   92,
 /*   380 */    93,   94,   95,   90,   11,   67,   68,  136,    2,    3,
 /*   390 */     4,    5,    6,    7,   76,   35,   78,   79,   80,   82,
 /*   400 */   136,  136,  136,   17,  136,  136,   89,  136,   91,  136,
 /*   410 */   136,   25,  104,  136,  106,  136,  136,   31,   32,  111,
 /*   420 */   112,  113,  114,  115,   38,  136,  136,    2,    3,    4,
 /*   430 */     5,    6,    7,  136,    1,  136,  136,    4,    5,    4,
 /*   440 */     5,    6,    7,  135,  136,   12,  136,  136,   15,  136,
 /*   450 */    25,  136,   17,   67,   68,  136,   31,   32,  136,  136,
 /*   460 */    25,  136,   76,   38,   78,   79,   80,    1,  136,  136,
 /*   470 */     4,    5,    4,    5,    6,    7,  136,  136,   12,   46,
 /*   480 */    47,   15,  136,  136,  136,   17,   20,   21,   22,  136,
 /*   490 */   136,  136,   67,   68,  136,    1,    2,  136,    4,    5,
 /*   500 */   136,   76,  136,   78,   79,   80,   12,  136,  104,   15,
 /*   510 */     4,    5,    6,    7,  136,   82,  136,  113,  114,  115,
 /*   520 */   136,  117,   89,   17,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,  136,
 /*   530 */     1,    2,   38,    4,    5,    4,    5,    6,    7,  135,
 /*   540 */   136,   12,  136,  136,   15,  136,  136,  136,   82,    4,
 /*   550 */     5,    6,    7,  136,  136,   89,   25,   91,   92,   93,
 /*   560 */    94,   95,  136,    1,    2,  136,    4,    5,  136,  136,
 /*   570 */    25,  104,  136,  106,   12,  136,   82,   15,  111,  112,
 /*   580 */   113,  114,  115,   89,  136,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,
 /*   590 */     1,  136,  136,    4,    5,  136,  136,  136,  136,  136,
 /*   600 */   136,   12,  135,  136,   15,  136,  104,  136,  106,  136,
 /*   610 */   136,   82,  136,  111,  112,  113,  114,  115,   89,  136,
 /*   620 */    91,   92,   93,   94,   95,    1,  136,  136,    4,    5,
 /*   630 */   136,  136,  104,  136,  136,  136,   12,  135,  136,   15,
 /*   640 */   136,  113,  114,  115,   82,  136,  136,    2,  120,  121,
 /*   650 */   136,   89,  136,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,    1,  136,
 /*   660 */   136,    4,    5,  135,  104,  136,  136,  136,  136,   12,
 /*   670 */   136,   82,   15,  113,  114,  115,   31,   32,   89,  136,
 /*   680 */    91,   92,   93,   94,   95,  101,  102,  103,  136,  136,
 /*   690 */   104,  107,  106,   48,  104,  135,  136,  111,  112,  113,
 /*   700 */   114,  115,  118,  113,  114,  115,   82,  123,  136,   64,
 /*   710 */   120,  121,  136,   89,  136,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,
 /*   720 */   136,  135,  136,  136,  136,  135,  104,  136,  106,   84,
 /*   730 */    85,   86,   87,  111,  112,  113,  114,  115,  136,   82,
 /*   740 */   100,  101,  102,  103,  136,  136,   89,  107,   91,   92,
 /*   750 */    93,   94,   95,  136,  136,  136,  136,  135,  118,  104,
 /*   760 */   136,  106,  122,  123,  136,  136,  111,  112,  113,  114,
 /*   770 */   115,  136,  136,  136,  104,  136,  106,  136,  136,  136,
 /*   780 */   136,  111,  112,  113,  114,  115,  104,  136,  106,  104,
 /*   790 */   135,  136,  136,  111,  112,  113,  114,  115,  113,  114,
 /*   800 */   115,  136,  104,  136,  106,  135,  136,  136,  136,  111,
 /*   810 */   112,  113,  114,  115,  104,  136,  106,  135,  136,  136,
 /*   820 */   135,  111,  112,  113,  114,  115,  104,    4,    5,    6,
 /*   830 */     7,  136,  136,  135,  136,  113,  114,  115,  136,  104,
 /*   840 */    17,  106,  120,  136,  136,  135,  111,  112,  113,  114,
 /*   850 */   115,  104,  136,  106,  136,  136,  136,  135,  111,  112,
 /*   860 */   113,  114,  115,  136,  104,  136,  106,  136,  136,  136,
 /*   870 */   135,  111,  112,  113,  114,  115,  136,  136,  136,  104,
 /*   880 */   136,  106,  135,  136,  136,  136,  111,  112,  113,  114,
 /*   890 */   115,  104,  136,  106,  104,  135,  136,  136,  111,  112,
 /*   900 */   113,  114,  115,  113,  114,  115,  136,  104,  136,  106,
 /*   910 */   135,  136,  136,  136,  111,  112,  113,  114,  115,  104,
 /*   920 */   136,  106,  135,  136,  136,  135,  111,  112,  113,  114,
 /*   930 */   115,  104,    4,    5,    6,    7,  136,  136,  135,  136,
 /*   940 */   113,  114,  115,  136,  104,   17,  106,  136,  136,  136,
 /*   950 */   135,  111,  112,  113,  114,  115,  104,  136,  106,  136,
 /*   960 */   136,  136,  135,  111,  112,  113,  114,  115,  136,  104,
 /*   970 */   136,  106,  136,  136,  136,  135,  111,  112,  113,  114,
 /*   980 */   115,  136,  136,  136,  104,  136,  106,  135,  136,  136,
 /*   990 */   136,  111,  112,  113,  114,  115,  104,  136,  106,  104,
 /*  1000 */   135,  136,  136,  111,  112,  113,  114,  115,  113,  114,
 /*  1010 */   115,  136,  104,  136,  106,  135,  136,    2,  136,  111,
 /*  1020 */   112,  113,  114,  115,  104,  136,  106,  135,  136,  136,
 /*  1030 */   135,  111,  112,  113,  114,  115,    4,    5,    6,    7,
 /*  1040 */   136,  136,  136,  135,  136,  136,   31,   32,  136,  104,
 /*  1050 */   136,  136,  136,  136,  136,  135,  136,   25,  113,  114,
 /*  1060 */   115,  104,  136,  136,  119,  120,  121,  136,  136,  136,
 /*  1070 */   113,  114,  115,  136,  136,  136,  136,  120,  136,   64,
 /*  1080 */   135,  136,  136,  136,  127,  136,  129,  100,  101,  102,
 /*  1090 */   103,  136,  135,  136,  107,  136,  136,  136,  104,   84,
 /*  1100 */    85,   86,   87,  104,  136,  118,  136,  113,  114,  115,
 /*  1110 */   123,  117,  113,  114,  115,  104,  136,    4,    5,    6,
 /*  1120 */     7,  136,  104,  136,  113,  114,  115,  104,  136,  135,
 /*  1130 */    17,  113,  114,  115,  135,  136,  113,  114,  115,  104,
 /*  1140 */   136,  136,  136,  136,  136,  136,  135,  136,  113,  114,
 /*  1150 */   115,  104,  136,  135,  104,  136,  136,  136,  135,  136,
 /*  1160 */   113,  114,  115,  113,  114,  115,  104,  136,  136,  104,
 /*  1170 */   135,  136,  136,  136,  136,  113,  114,  115,  113,  114,
 /*  1180 */   115,  136,  135,  136,  104,  135,  136,  136,  136,  136,
 /*  1190 */   136,  136,  104,  113,  114,  115,  136,  135,  136,  104,
 /*  1200 */   135,  113,  114,  115,  136,  136,  136,  104,  113,  114,
 /*  1210 */   115,  136,  136,  136,  136,  135,  113,  114,  115,  136,
 /*  1220 */   136,  136,  136,  135,  136,  136,  136,  136,  136,  136,
 /*  1230 */   135,  104,  136,  136,  104,  136,  136,  104,  135,  136,
 /*  1240 */   113,  114,  115,  113,  114,  115,  113,  114,  115,  136,
 /*  1250 */   136,  136,  136,  136,  136,  136,  136,  136,  136,  136,
 /*  1260 */   136,  136,  135,  104,  136,  135,  104,  136,  135,  104,
 /*  1270 */   136,  136,  113,  114,  115,  113,  114,  115,  113,  114,
 /*  1280 */   115,  104,  136,  136,  136,  136,  136,  136,  136,  136,
 /*  1290 */   113,  114,  115,  136,  135,  136,  136,  135,  136,  136,
 /*  1300 */   135,  136,  136,  136,  136,  136,  136,  136,  136,  136,
 /*  1310 */   136,  136,  135,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,
 /*  1320 */   100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,
 /*  1330 */   100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,
 /*  1340 */   100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,
 /*  1350 */   100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,
 /*  1360 */   100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,
 /*  1370 */   100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,
 /*  1380 */   100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,
 /*  1390 */   100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,
 /*  1400 */   100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,  100,
 /*  1410 */   100,  100,  100,
};
#define YY_SHIFT_COUNT    (163)
#define YY_SHIFT_MIN      (0)
#define YY_SHIFT_MAX      (1113)
static const unsigned short int yy_shift_ofst[] = {
 /*     0 */   143,  127,  222,  287,  287,  287,  287,  287,  287,  287,
 /*    10 */   287,  287,  287,  287,  287,  287,  287,  287,  287,  287,
 /*    20 */   287,  287,  287,  287,  287,  287,  287,  244,  433,  266,
 /*    30 */   244,  143,  494,  494,    0,   64,  143,  589,  266,  589,
 /*    40 */   466,  466,  466,  529,  562,  266,  266,  266,  266,  266,
 /*    50 */   266,  624,  266,  266,  657,  266,  266,  266,  266,  266,
 /*    60 */   266,  266,  266,  266,  266,  179,  317,  317,  317,  317,
 /*    70 */   317,  645,  318,  386,  425, 1015, 1015,  118,   47, 1313,
 /*    80 */  1313, 1313, 1313,  114,  114,  200,  435,  129,  188,  234,
 /*    90 */   360,  468,  531,  506,  545,  823, 1032,  928, 1113,   25,
 /*   100 */    25,   25,  162,   25,   25,   25,   69,   25,   85,  128,
 /*   110 */    92,  105,  120,  136,  100,  183,  183,  176,  220,  174,
 /*   120 */   202,  275,  152,  207,  198,  219,  221,  208,  215,  217,
 /*   130 */   236,  238,  213,  267,  265,  262,  218,  273,  216,  224,
 /*   140 */   214,  225,  294,  295,  297,  272,  309,  324,  325,  249,
 /*   150 */   253,  307,  249,  331,  332,  338,  337,  335,  340,  342,
 /*   160 */   363,  293,  374,  373,
};
#define YY_REDUCE_COUNT (82)
#define YY_REDUCE_MIN   (-130)
#define YY_REDUCE_MAX   (1177)
static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = {
 /*     0 */   640,  -97,  -33,  308,  467,  502,  586,  622,  655,  670,
 /*    10 */   682,  698,  710,  735,  747,  760,  775,  787,  803,  815,
 /*    20 */   840,  852,  865,  880,  892,  908,  920,  159,  945,  957,
 /*    30 */   227,  987,  528,  590,  -62,  -62,  584,  404,  722,  994,
 /*    40 */   560,  685,  790,  827,  895,  999, 1011, 1018, 1023, 1035,
 /*    50 */  1047, 1050, 1062, 1065, 1080, 1088, 1095, 1103, 1127, 1130,
 /*    60 */  1133, 1159, 1162, 1165, 1177,  -82, -112, -102,  -48,  -38,
 /*    70 */   -24,  -23, -130, -130, -130,  -98,  -87,  -59, -101,  -41,
 /*    80 */    46,   52,  -36,
};
static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = {
 /*     0 */   449,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,
 /*    10 */   443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,
 /*    20 */   443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  473,  576,
 /*    30 */   443,  449,  580,  485,  581,  581,  449,  443,  443,  443,
 /*    40 */   443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  477,  443,
 /*    50 */   443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,
 /*    60 */   443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,
 /*    70 */   443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  455,  470,
 /*    80 */   508,  508,  576,  468,  493,  443,  443,  443,  471,  443,
 /*    90 */   443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  488,
 /*   100 */   486,  476,  459,  512,  511,  510,  443,  566,  443,  443,
 /*   110 */   443,  443,  443,  588,  443,  545,  544,  540,  443,  532,
 /*   120 */   529,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  491,  443,  443,
 /*   130 */   443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,
 /*   140 */   443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  592,
 /*   150 */   443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,  443,
 /*   160 */   443,  601,  443,  443,
};
/********** End of lemon-generated parsing tables *****************************/

/* The next table maps tokens (terminal symbols) into fallback tokens.  
** If a construct like the following:
** 
**      %fallback ID X Y Z.
**
** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
** and Z.  Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser
** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and
** the parse is retried before an error is thrown.
**
** This feature can be used, for example, to cause some keywords in a language
** to revert to identifiers if they keyword does not apply in the context where
** it appears.
*/
#ifdef YYFALLBACK
static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = {
    0,  /*          $ => nothing */
    0,  /*         ID => nothing */
    1,  /*     EDGEPT => ID */
    0,  /*         OF => nothing */
    0,  /*       PLUS => nothing */
    0,  /*      MINUS => nothing */
    0,  /*       STAR => nothing */
    0,  /*      SLASH => nothing */
    0,  /*    PERCENT => nothing */
    0,  /*     UMINUS => nothing */
    0,  /*        EOL => nothing */
    0,  /*     ASSIGN => nothing */
    0,  /*  PLACENAME => nothing */
    0,  /*      COLON => nothing */
    0,  /*     ASSERT => nothing */
    0,  /*         LP => nothing */
    0,  /*         EQ => nothing */
    0,  /*         RP => nothing */
    0,  /*     DEFINE => nothing */
    0,  /*  CODEBLOCK => nothing */
    0,  /*       FILL => nothing */
    0,  /*      COLOR => nothing */
    0,  /*  THICKNESS => nothing */
    0,  /*      PRINT => nothing */
    0,  /*     STRING => nothing */
    0,  /*      COMMA => nothing */
    0,  /*  CLASSNAME => nothing */
    0,  /*         LB => nothing */
    0,  /*         RB => nothing */
    0,  /*         UP => nothing */
    0,  /*       DOWN => nothing */
    0,  /*       LEFT => nothing */
    0,  /*      RIGHT => nothing */
    0,  /*      CLOSE => nothing */
    0,  /*       CHOP => nothing */
    0,  /*       FROM => nothing */
    0,  /*         TO => nothing */
    0,  /*       THEN => nothing */
    0,  /*    HEADING => nothing */
    0,  /*         GO => nothing */
    0,  /*         AT => nothing */
    0,  /*       WITH => nothing */
    0,  /*       SAME => nothing */
    0,  /*         AS => nothing */
    0,  /*        FIT => nothing */
    0,  /*     BEHIND => nothing */
    0,  /*      UNTIL => nothing */
    0,  /*       EVEN => nothing */
    0,  /*      DOT_E => nothing */
    0,  /*     HEIGHT => nothing */
    0,  /*      WIDTH => nothing */
    0,  /*     RADIUS => nothing */
    0,  /*   DIAMETER => nothing */
    0,  /*     DOTTED => nothing */
    0,  /*     DASHED => nothing */
    0,  /*         CW => nothing */
    0,  /*        CCW => nothing */
    0,  /*     LARROW => nothing */
    0,  /*     RARROW => nothing */
    0,  /*    LRARROW => nothing */
    0,  /*      INVIS => nothing */
    0,  /*      THICK => nothing */
    0,  /*       THIN => nothing */
    0,  /*      SOLID => nothing */
    0,  /*     CENTER => nothing */
    0,  /*      LJUST => nothing */
    0,  /*      RJUST => nothing */
    0,  /*      ABOVE => nothing */
    0,  /*      BELOW => nothing */
    0,  /*     ITALIC => nothing */
    0,  /*       BOLD => nothing */
    0,  /*       MONO => nothing */
    0,  /*    ALIGNED => nothing */
    0,  /*        BIG => nothing */
    0,  /*      SMALL => nothing */
    0,  /*        AND => nothing */
    0,  /*         LT => nothing */
    0,  /*         GT => nothing */
    0,  /*         ON => nothing */
    0,  /*        WAY => nothing */
    0,  /*    BETWEEN => nothing */
    0,  /*        THE => nothing */
    0,  /*        NTH => nothing */
    0,  /*     VERTEX => nothing */
    0,  /*        TOP => nothing */
    0,  /*     BOTTOM => nothing */
    0,  /*      START => nothing */
    0,  /*        END => nothing */
    0,  /*         IN => nothing */
    0,  /*       THIS => nothing */
    0,  /*      DOT_U => nothing */
    0,  /*       LAST => nothing */
    0,  /*     NUMBER => nothing */
    0,  /*      FUNC1 => nothing */
    0,  /*      FUNC2 => nothing */
    0,  /*       DIST => nothing */
    0,  /*     DOT_XY => nothing */
    0,  /*          X => nothing */
    0,  /*          Y => nothing */
    0,  /*      DOT_L => nothing */
};
#endif /* YYFALLBACK */

/* The following structure represents a single element of the
** parser's stack.  Information stored includes:
**
**   +  The state number for the parser at this level of the stack.
**
**   +  The value of the token stored at this level of the stack.
**      (In other words, the "major" token.)
**
**   +  The semantic value stored at this level of the stack.  This is
**      the information used by the action routines in the grammar.
**      It is sometimes called the "minor" token.
**
** After the "shift" half of a SHIFTREDUCE action, the stateno field
** actually contains the reduce action for the second half of the
** SHIFTREDUCE.
*/
struct yyStackEntry {
  YYACTIONTYPE stateno;  /* The state-number, or reduce action in SHIFTREDUCE */
  YYCODETYPE major;      /* The major token value.  This is the code
                         ** number for the token at this stack level */
  YYMINORTYPE minor;     /* The user-supplied minor token value.  This
                         ** is the value of the token  */
};
typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry;

/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of
** the following structure */
struct yyParser {
  yyStackEntry *yytos;          /* Pointer to top element of the stack */
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
  int yyhwm;                    /* High-water mark of the stack */
#endif
#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
  int yyerrcnt;                 /* Shifts left before out of the error */
#endif
  pik_parserARG_SDECL                /* A place to hold %extra_argument */
  pik_parserCTX_SDECL                /* A place to hold %extra_context */
#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
  int yystksz;                  /* Current side of the stack */
  yyStackEntry *yystack;        /* The parser's stack */
  yyStackEntry yystk0;          /* First stack entry */
#else
  yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH];  /* The parser's stack */
  yyStackEntry *yystackEnd;            /* Last entry in the stack */
#endif
};
typedef struct yyParser yyParser;

#include <assert.h>
#ifndef NDEBUG
#include <stdio.h>
static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0;
static char *yyTracePrompt = 0;
#endif /* NDEBUG */

#ifndef NDEBUG
/* 
** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
** and a prompt to preface each trace message.  Tracing is turned off
** by making either argument NULL 
**
** Inputs:
** <ul>
** <li> A FILE* to which trace output should be written.
**      If NULL, then tracing is turned off.
** <li> A prefix string written at the beginning of every
**      line of trace output.  If NULL, then tracing is
**      turned off.
** </ul>
**
** Outputs:
** None.
*/
void pik_parserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){
  yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE;
  yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt;
  if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0;
  else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0;
}
#endif /* NDEBUG */

#if defined(YYCOVERAGE) || !defined(NDEBUG)
/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals
** are required.  The following table supplies these names */
static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { 
  /*    0 */ "$",
  /*    1 */ "ID",
  /*    2 */ "EDGEPT",
  /*    3 */ "OF",
  /*    4 */ "PLUS",
  /*    5 */ "MINUS",
  /*    6 */ "STAR",
  /*    7 */ "SLASH",
  /*    8 */ "PERCENT",
  /*    9 */ "UMINUS",
  /*   10 */ "EOL",
  /*   11 */ "ASSIGN",
  /*   12 */ "PLACENAME",
  /*   13 */ "COLON",
  /*   14 */ "ASSERT",
  /*   15 */ "LP",
  /*   16 */ "EQ",
  /*   17 */ "RP",
  /*   18 */ "DEFINE",
  /*   19 */ "CODEBLOCK",
  /*   20 */ "FILL",
  /*   21 */ "COLOR",
  /*   22 */ "THICKNESS",
  /*   23 */ "PRINT",
  /*   24 */ "STRING",
  /*   25 */ "COMMA",
  /*   26 */ "CLASSNAME",
  /*   27 */ "LB",
  /*   28 */ "RB",
  /*   29 */ "UP",
  /*   30 */ "DOWN",
  /*   31 */ "LEFT",
  /*   32 */ "RIGHT",
  /*   33 */ "CLOSE",
  /*   34 */ "CHOP",
  /*   35 */ "FROM",
  /*   36 */ "TO",
  /*   37 */ "THEN",
  /*   38 */ "HEADING",
  /*   39 */ "GO",
  /*   40 */ "AT",
  /*   41 */ "WITH",
  /*   42 */ "SAME",
  /*   43 */ "AS",
  /*   44 */ "FIT",
  /*   45 */ "BEHIND",
  /*   46 */ "UNTIL",
  /*   47 */ "EVEN",
  /*   48 */ "DOT_E",
  /*   49 */ "HEIGHT",
  /*   50 */ "WIDTH",
  /*   51 */ "RADIUS",
  /*   52 */ "DIAMETER",
  /*   53 */ "DOTTED",
  /*   54 */ "DASHED",
  /*   55 */ "CW",
  /*   56 */ "CCW",
  /*   57 */ "LARROW",
  /*   58 */ "RARROW",
  /*   59 */ "LRARROW",
  /*   60 */ "INVIS",
  /*   61 */ "THICK",
  /*   62 */ "THIN",
  /*   63 */ "SOLID",
  /*   64 */ "CENTER",
  /*   65 */ "LJUST",
  /*   66 */ "RJUST",
  /*   67 */ "ABOVE",
  /*   68 */ "BELOW",
  /*   69 */ "ITALIC",
  /*   70 */ "BOLD",
  /*   71 */ "MONO",
  /*   72 */ "ALIGNED",
  /*   73 */ "BIG",
  /*   74 */ "SMALL",
  /*   75 */ "AND",
  /*   76 */ "LT",
  /*   77 */ "GT",
  /*   78 */ "ON",
  /*   79 */ "WAY",
  /*   80 */ "BETWEEN",
  /*   81 */ "THE",
  /*   82 */ "NTH",
  /*   83 */ "VERTEX",
  /*   84 */ "TOP",
  /*   85 */ "BOTTOM",
  /*   86 */ "START",
  /*   87 */ "END",
  /*   88 */ "IN",
  /*   89 */ "THIS",
  /*   90 */ "DOT_U",
  /*   91 */ "LAST",
  /*   92 */ "NUMBER",
  /*   93 */ "FUNC1",
  /*   94 */ "FUNC2",
  /*   95 */ "DIST",
  /*   96 */ "DOT_XY",
  /*   97 */ "X",
  /*   98 */ "Y",
  /*   99 */ "DOT_L",
  /*  100 */ "statement_list",
  /*  101 */ "statement",
  /*  102 */ "unnamed_statement",
  /*  103 */ "basetype",
  /*  104 */ "expr",
  /*  105 */ "numproperty",
  /*  106 */ "edge",
  /*  107 */ "direction",
  /*  108 */ "dashproperty",
  /*  109 */ "colorproperty",
  /*  110 */ "locproperty",
  /*  111 */ "position",
  /*  112 */ "place",
  /*  113 */ "object",
  /*  114 */ "objectname",
  /*  115 */ "nth",
  /*  116 */ "textposition",
  /*  117 */ "rvalue",
  /*  118 */ "lvalue",
  /*  119 */ "even",
  /*  120 */ "relexpr",
  /*  121 */ "optrelexpr",
  /*  122 */ "document",
  /*  123 */ "print",
  /*  124 */ "prlist",
  /*  125 */ "pritem",
  /*  126 */ "prsep",
  /*  127 */ "attribute_list",
  /*  128 */ "savelist",
  /*  129 */ "alist",
  /*  130 */ "attribute",
  /*  131 */ "go",
  /*  132 */ "boolproperty",
  /*  133 */ "withclause",
  /*  134 */ "between",
  /*  135 */ "place2",
};
#endif /* defined(YYCOVERAGE) || !defined(NDEBUG) */

#ifndef NDEBUG
/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required.
*/
static const char *const yyRuleName[] = {
 /*   0 */ "document ::= statement_list",
 /*   1 */ "statement_list ::= statement",
 /*   2 */ "statement_list ::= statement_list EOL statement",
 /*   3 */ "statement ::=",
 /*   4 */ "statement ::= direction",
 /*   5 */ "statement ::= lvalue ASSIGN rvalue",
 /*   6 */ "statement ::= PLACENAME COLON unnamed_statement",
 /*   7 */ "statement ::= PLACENAME COLON position",
 /*   8 */ "statement ::= unnamed_statement",
 /*   9 */ "statement ::= print prlist",
 /*  10 */ "statement ::= ASSERT LP expr EQ expr RP",
 /*  11 */ "statement ::= ASSERT LP position EQ position RP",
 /*  12 */ "statement ::= DEFINE ID CODEBLOCK",
 /*  13 */ "rvalue ::= PLACENAME",
 /*  14 */ "pritem ::= FILL",
 /*  15 */ "pritem ::= COLOR",
 /*  16 */ "pritem ::= THICKNESS",
 /*  17 */ "pritem ::= rvalue",
 /*  18 */ "pritem ::= STRING",
 /*  19 */ "prsep ::= COMMA",
 /*  20 */ "unnamed_statement ::= basetype attribute_list",
 /*  21 */ "basetype ::= CLASSNAME",
 /*  22 */ "basetype ::= STRING textposition",
 /*  23 */ "basetype ::= LB savelist statement_list RB",
 /*  24 */ "savelist ::=",
 /*  25 */ "relexpr ::= expr",
 /*  26 */ "relexpr ::= expr PERCENT",
 /*  27 */ "optrelexpr ::=",
 /*  28 */ "attribute_list ::= relexpr alist",
 /*  29 */ "attribute ::= numproperty relexpr",
 /*  30 */ "attribute ::= dashproperty expr",
 /*  31 */ "attribute ::= dashproperty",
 /*  32 */ "attribute ::= colorproperty rvalue",
 /*  33 */ "attribute ::= go direction optrelexpr",
 /*  34 */ "attribute ::= go direction even position",
 /*  35 */ "attribute ::= CLOSE",
 /*  36 */ "attribute ::= CHOP",
 /*  37 */ "attribute ::= FROM position",
 /*  38 */ "attribute ::= TO position",
 /*  39 */ "attribute ::= THEN",
 /*  40 */ "attribute ::= THEN optrelexpr HEADING expr",
 /*  41 */ "attribute ::= THEN optrelexpr EDGEPT",
 /*  42 */ "attribute ::= GO optrelexpr HEADING expr",
 /*  43 */ "attribute ::= GO optrelexpr EDGEPT",
 /*  44 */ "attribute ::= AT position",
 /*  45 */ "attribute ::= SAME",
 /*  46 */ "attribute ::= SAME AS object",
 /*  47 */ "attribute ::= STRING textposition",
 /*  48 */ "attribute ::= FIT",
 /*  49 */ "attribute ::= BEHIND object",
 /*  50 */ "withclause ::= DOT_E edge AT position",
 /*  51 */ "withclause ::= edge AT position",
 /*  52 */ "numproperty ::= HEIGHT|WIDTH|RADIUS|DIAMETER|THICKNESS",
 /*  53 */ "boolproperty ::= CW",
 /*  54 */ "boolproperty ::= CCW",
 /*  55 */ "boolproperty ::= LARROW",
 /*  56 */ "boolproperty ::= RARROW",
 /*  57 */ "boolproperty ::= LRARROW",
 /*  58 */ "boolproperty ::= INVIS",
 /*  59 */ "boolproperty ::= THICK",
 /*  60 */ "boolproperty ::= THIN",
 /*  61 */ "boolproperty ::= SOLID",
 /*  62 */ "textposition ::=",
 /*  63 */ "textposition ::= textposition CENTER|LJUST|RJUST|ABOVE|BELOW|ITALIC|BOLD|MONO|ALIGNED|BIG|SMALL",
 /*  64 */ "position ::= expr COMMA expr",
 /*  65 */ "position ::= place PLUS expr COMMA expr",
 /*  66 */ "position ::= place MINUS expr COMMA expr",
 /*  67 */ "position ::= place PLUS LP expr COMMA expr RP",
 /*  68 */ "position ::= place MINUS LP expr COMMA expr RP",
 /*  69 */ "position ::= LP position COMMA position RP",
 /*  70 */ "position ::= LP position RP",
 /*  71 */ "position ::= expr between position AND position",
 /*  72 */ "position ::= expr LT position COMMA position GT",
 /*  73 */ "position ::= expr ABOVE position",
 /*  74 */ "position ::= expr BELOW position",
 /*  75 */ "position ::= expr LEFT OF position",
 /*  76 */ "position ::= expr RIGHT OF position",
 /*  77 */ "position ::= expr ON HEADING EDGEPT OF position",
 /*  78 */ "position ::= expr HEADING EDGEPT OF position",
 /*  79 */ "position ::= expr EDGEPT OF position",
 /*  80 */ "position ::= expr ON HEADING expr FROM position",
 /*  81 */ "position ::= expr HEADING expr FROM position",
 /*  82 */ "place ::= edge OF object",
 /*  83 */ "place2 ::= object",
 /*  84 */ "place2 ::= object DOT_E edge",
 /*  85 */ "place2 ::= NTH VERTEX OF object",
 /*  86 */ "object ::= nth",
 /*  87 */ "object ::= nth OF|IN object",
 /*  88 */ "objectname ::= THIS",
 /*  89 */ "objectname ::= PLACENAME",
 /*  90 */ "objectname ::= objectname DOT_U PLACENAME",
 /*  91 */ "nth ::= NTH CLASSNAME",
 /*  92 */ "nth ::= NTH LAST CLASSNAME",
 /*  93 */ "nth ::= LAST CLASSNAME",
 /*  94 */ "nth ::= LAST",
 /*  95 */ "nth ::= NTH LB RB",
 /*  96 */ "nth ::= NTH LAST LB RB",
 /*  97 */ "nth ::= LAST LB RB",
 /*  98 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS expr",
 /*  99 */ "expr ::= expr MINUS expr",
 /* 100 */ "expr ::= expr STAR expr",
 /* 101 */ "expr ::= expr SLASH expr",
 /* 102 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr",
 /* 103 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr",
 /* 104 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP",
 /* 105 */ "expr ::= LP FILL|COLOR|THICKNESS RP",
 /* 106 */ "expr ::= NUMBER",
 /* 107 */ "expr ::= ID",
 /* 108 */ "expr ::= FUNC1 LP expr RP",
 /* 109 */ "expr ::= FUNC2 LP expr COMMA expr RP",
 /* 110 */ "expr ::= DIST LP position COMMA position RP",
 /* 111 */ "expr ::= place2 DOT_XY X",
 /* 112 */ "expr ::= place2 DOT_XY Y",
 /* 113 */ "expr ::= object DOT_L numproperty",
 /* 114 */ "expr ::= object DOT_L dashproperty",
 /* 115 */ "expr ::= object DOT_L colorproperty",
 /* 116 */ "lvalue ::= ID",
 /* 117 */ "lvalue ::= FILL",
 /* 118 */ "lvalue ::= COLOR",
 /* 119 */ "lvalue ::= THICKNESS",
 /* 120 */ "rvalue ::= expr",
 /* 121 */ "print ::= PRINT",
 /* 122 */ "prlist ::= pritem",
 /* 123 */ "prlist ::= prlist prsep pritem",
 /* 124 */ "direction ::= UP",
 /* 125 */ "direction ::= DOWN",
 /* 126 */ "direction ::= LEFT",
 /* 127 */ "direction ::= RIGHT",
 /* 128 */ "optrelexpr ::= relexpr",
 /* 129 */ "attribute_list ::= alist",
 /* 130 */ "alist ::=",
 /* 131 */ "alist ::= alist attribute",
 /* 132 */ "attribute ::= boolproperty",
 /* 133 */ "attribute ::= WITH withclause",
 /* 134 */ "go ::= GO",
 /* 135 */ "go ::=",
 /* 136 */ "even ::= UNTIL EVEN WITH",
 /* 137 */ "even ::= EVEN WITH",
 /* 138 */ "dashproperty ::= DOTTED",
 /* 139 */ "dashproperty ::= DASHED",
 /* 140 */ "colorproperty ::= FILL",
 /* 141 */ "colorproperty ::= COLOR",
 /* 142 */ "position ::= place",
 /* 143 */ "between ::= WAY BETWEEN",
 /* 144 */ "between ::= BETWEEN",
 /* 145 */ "between ::= OF THE WAY BETWEEN",
 /* 146 */ "place ::= place2",
 /* 147 */ "edge ::= CENTER",
 /* 148 */ "edge ::= EDGEPT",
 /* 149 */ "edge ::= TOP",
 /* 150 */ "edge ::= BOTTOM",
 /* 151 */ "edge ::= START",
 /* 152 */ "edge ::= END",
 /* 153 */ "edge ::= RIGHT",
 /* 154 */ "edge ::= LEFT",
 /* 155 */ "object ::= objectname",
};
#endif /* NDEBUG */


#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
/*
** Try to increase the size of the parser stack.  Return the number
** of errors.  Return 0 on success.
*/
static int yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){
  int newSize;
  int idx;
  yyStackEntry *pNew;

  newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100;
  idx = p->yytos ? (int)(p->yytos - p->yystack) : 0;
  if( p->yystack==&p->yystk0 ){
    pNew = malloc(newSize*sizeof(pNew[0]));
    if( pNew ) pNew[0] = p->yystk0;
  }else{
    pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0]));
  }
  if( pNew ){
    p->yystack = pNew;
    p->yytos = &p->yystack[idx];
#ifndef NDEBUG
    if( yyTraceFILE ){
      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows from %d to %d entries.\n",
              yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz, newSize);
    }
#endif
    p->yystksz = newSize;
  }
  return pNew==0; 
}
#endif

/* Datatype of the argument to the memory allocated passed as the
** second argument to pik_parserAlloc() below.  This can be changed by
** putting an appropriate #define in the %include section of the input
** grammar.
*/
#ifndef YYMALLOCARGTYPE
# define YYMALLOCARGTYPE size_t
#endif

/* Initialize a new parser that has already been allocated.
*/
void pik_parserInit(void *yypRawParser pik_parserCTX_PDECL){
  yyParser *yypParser = (yyParser*)yypRawParser;
  pik_parserCTX_STORE
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
  yypParser->yyhwm = 0;
#endif
#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
  yypParser->yytos = NULL;
  yypParser->yystack = NULL;
  yypParser->yystksz = 0;
  if( yyGrowStack(yypParser) ){
    yypParser->yystack = &yypParser->yystk0;
    yypParser->yystksz = 1;
  }
#endif
#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
  yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
#endif
  yypParser->yytos = yypParser->yystack;
  yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
  yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0;
#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0
  yypParser->yystackEnd = &yypParser->yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH-1];
#endif
}

#ifndef pik_parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK
/* 
** This function allocates a new parser.
** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
** malloc.
**
** Inputs:
** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
**
** Outputs:
** A pointer to a parser.  This pointer is used in subsequent calls
** to pik_parser and pik_parserFree.
*/
void *pik_parserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(YYMALLOCARGTYPE) pik_parserCTX_PDECL){
  yyParser *yypParser;
  yypParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (YYMALLOCARGTYPE)sizeof(yyParser) );
  if( yypParser ){
    pik_parserCTX_STORE
    pik_parserInit(yypParser pik_parserCTX_PARAM);
  }
  return (void*)yypParser;
}
#endif /* pik_parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK */


/* The following function deletes the "minor type" or semantic value
** associated with a symbol.  The symbol can be either a terminal
** or nonterminal. "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is
** a pointer to the value to be deleted.  The code used to do the 
** deletions is derived from the %destructor and/or %token_destructor
** directives of the input grammar.
*/
static void yy_destructor(
  yyParser *yypParser,    /* The parser */
  YYCODETYPE yymajor,     /* Type code for object to destroy */
  YYMINORTYPE *yypminor   /* The object to be destroyed */
){
  pik_parserARG_FETCH
  pik_parserCTX_FETCH
  switch( yymajor ){
    /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
    ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed.  This can happen
    ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
    ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is 
    ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
    **
    ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
    ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are *not* used
    ** inside the C code.
    */
/********* Begin destructor definitions ***************************************/
    case 100: /* statement_list */
{
#line 510 "pikchr.y"
pik_elist_free(p,(yypminor->yy235));
#line 1756 "pikchr.c"
}
      break;
    case 101: /* statement */
    case 102: /* unnamed_statement */
    case 103: /* basetype */
{
#line 512 "pikchr.y"
pik_elem_free(p,(yypminor->yy162));
#line 1765 "pikchr.c"
}
      break;
/********* End destructor definitions *****************************************/
    default:  break;   /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
  }
}

/*
** Pop the parser's stack once.
**
** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which
** is popped from the stack, then call it.
*/
static void yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){
  yyStackEntry *yytos;
  assert( pParser->yytos!=0 );
  assert( pParser->yytos > pParser->yystack );
  yytos = pParser->yytos--;
#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE ){
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n",
      yyTracePrompt,
      yyTokenName[yytos->major]);
  }
#endif
  yy_destructor(pParser, yytos->major, &yytos->minor);
}

/*
** Clear all secondary memory allocations from the parser
*/
void pik_parserFinalize(void *p){
  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
  while( pParser->yytos>pParser->yystack ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
  if( pParser->yystack!=&pParser->yystk0 ) free(pParser->yystack);
#endif
}

#ifndef pik_parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK
/* 
** Deallocate and destroy a parser.  Destructors are called for
** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
**
** If the YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL macro exists (for example because it
** is defined in a %include section of the input grammar) then it is
** assumed that the input pointer is never NULL.
*/
void pik_parserFree(
  void *p,                    /* The parser to be deleted */
  void (*freeProc)(void*)     /* Function used to reclaim memory */
){
#ifndef YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL
  if( p==0 ) return;
#endif
  pik_parserFinalize(p);
  (*freeProc)(p);
}
#endif /* pik_parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK */

/*
** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser.
*/
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
int pik_parserStackPeak(void *p){
  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
  return pParser->yyhwm;
}
#endif

/* This array of booleans keeps track of the parser statement
** coverage.  The element yycoverage[X][Y] is set when the parser
** is in state X and has a lookahead token Y.  In a well-tested
** systems, every element of this matrix should end up being set.
*/
#if defined(YYCOVERAGE)
static unsigned char yycoverage[YYNSTATE][YYNTOKEN];
#endif

/*
** Write into out a description of every state/lookahead combination that
**
**   (1)  has not been used by the parser, and
**   (2)  is not a syntax error.
**
** Return the number of missed state/lookahead combinations.
*/
#if defined(YYCOVERAGE)
int pik_parserCoverage(FILE *out){
  int stateno, iLookAhead, i;
  int nMissed = 0;
  for(stateno=0; stateno<YYNSTATE; stateno++){
    i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno];
    for(iLookAhead=0; iLookAhead<YYNTOKEN; iLookAhead++){
      if( yy_lookahead[i+iLookAhead]!=iLookAhead ) continue;
      if( yycoverage[stateno][iLookAhead]==0 ) nMissed++;
      if( out ){
        fprintf(out,"State %d lookahead %s %s\n", stateno,
                yyTokenName[iLookAhead],
                yycoverage[stateno][iLookAhead] ? "ok" : "missed");
      }
    }
  }
  return nMissed;
}
#endif

/*
** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
*/
static YYACTIONTYPE yy_find_shift_action(
  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead,    /* The look-ahead token */
  YYACTIONTYPE stateno      /* Current state number */
){
  int i;

  if( stateno>YY_MAX_SHIFT ) return stateno;
  assert( stateno <= YY_SHIFT_COUNT );
#if defined(YYCOVERAGE)
  yycoverage[stateno][iLookAhead] = 1;
#endif
  do{
    i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno];
    assert( i>=0 );
    assert( i<=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT );
    assert( i+YYNTOKEN<=(int)YY_NLOOKAHEAD );
    assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
    assert( iLookAhead < YYNTOKEN );
    i += iLookAhead;
    assert( i<(int)YY_NLOOKAHEAD );
    if( yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
#ifdef YYFALLBACK
      YYCODETYPE iFallback;            /* Fallback token */
      assert( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0]) );
      iFallback = yyFallback[iLookAhead];
      if( iFallback!=0 ){
#ifndef NDEBUG
        if( yyTraceFILE ){
          fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sFALLBACK %s => %s\n",
             yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]);
        }
#endif
        assert( yyFallback[iFallback]==0 ); /* Fallback loop must terminate */
        iLookAhead = iFallback;
        continue;
      }
#endif
#ifdef YYWILDCARD
      {
        int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD;
        assert( j<(int)(sizeof(yy_lookahead)/sizeof(yy_lookahead[0])) );
        if( yy_lookahead[j]==YYWILDCARD && iLookAhead>0 ){
#ifndef NDEBUG
          if( yyTraceFILE ){
            fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sWILDCARD %s => %s\n",
               yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead],
               yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]);
          }
#endif /* NDEBUG */
          return yy_action[j];
        }
      }
#endif /* YYWILDCARD */
      return yy_default[stateno];
    }else{
      assert( i>=0 && i<(int)(sizeof(yy_action)/sizeof(yy_action[0])) );
      return yy_action[i];
    }
  }while(1);
}

/*
** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal
** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
*/
static YYACTIONTYPE yy_find_reduce_action(
  YYACTIONTYPE stateno,     /* Current state number */
  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
){
  int i;
#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
  if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_COUNT ){
    return yy_default[stateno];
  }
#else
  assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_COUNT );
#endif
  i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno];
  assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
  i += iLookAhead;
#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
  if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
    return yy_default[stateno];
  }
#else
  assert( i>=0 && i<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT );
  assert( yy_lookahead[i]==iLookAhead );
#endif
  return yy_action[i];
}

/*
** The following routine is called if the stack overflows.
*/
static void yyStackOverflow(yyParser *yypParser){
   pik_parserARG_FETCH
   pik_parserCTX_FETCH
#ifndef NDEBUG
   if( yyTraceFILE ){
     fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt);
   }
#endif
   while( yypParser->yytos>yypParser->yystack ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
   /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser
   ** stack every overflows */
/******** Begin %stack_overflow code ******************************************/
#line 544 "pikchr.y"

  pik_error(p, 0, "parser stack overflow");
#line 1986 "pikchr.c"
/******** End %stack_overflow code ********************************************/
   pik_parserARG_STORE /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */
   pik_parserCTX_STORE
}

/*
** Print tracing information for a SHIFT action
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
static void yyTraceShift(yyParser *yypParser, int yyNewState, const char *zTag){
  if( yyTraceFILE ){
    if( yyNewState<YYNSTATE ){
      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%s%s '%s', go to state %d\n",
         yyTracePrompt, zTag, yyTokenName[yypParser->yytos->major],
         yyNewState);
    }else{
      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%s%s '%s', pending reduce %d\n",
         yyTracePrompt, zTag, yyTokenName[yypParser->yytos->major],
         yyNewState - YY_MIN_REDUCE);
    }
  }
}
#else
# define yyTraceShift(X,Y,Z)
#endif

/*
** Perform a shift action.
*/
static void yy_shift(
  yyParser *yypParser,          /* The parser to be shifted */
  YYACTIONTYPE yyNewState,      /* The new state to shift in */
  YYCODETYPE yyMajor,           /* The major token to shift in */
  pik_parserTOKENTYPE yyMinor        /* The minor token to shift in */
){
  yyStackEntry *yytos;
  yypParser->yytos++;
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
  if( (int)(yypParser->yytos - yypParser->yystack)>yypParser->yyhwm ){
    yypParser->yyhwm++;
    assert( yypParser->yyhwm == (int)(yypParser->yytos - yypParser->yystack) );
  }
#endif
#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 
  if( yypParser->yytos>yypParser->yystackEnd ){
    yypParser->yytos--;
    yyStackOverflow(yypParser);
    return;
  }
#else
  if( yypParser->yytos>=&yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yystksz] ){
    if( yyGrowStack(yypParser) ){
      yypParser->yytos--;
      yyStackOverflow(yypParser);
      return;
    }
  }
#endif
  if( yyNewState > YY_MAX_SHIFT ){
    yyNewState += YY_MIN_REDUCE - YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE;
  }
  yytos = yypParser->yytos;
  yytos->stateno = yyNewState;
  yytos->major = yyMajor;
  yytos->minor.yy0 = yyMinor;
  yyTraceShift(yypParser, yyNewState, "Shift");
}

/* For rule J, yyRuleInfoLhs[J] contains the symbol on the left-hand side
** of that rule */
static const YYCODETYPE yyRuleInfoLhs[] = {
   122,  /* (0) document ::= statement_list */
   100,  /* (1) statement_list ::= statement */
   100,  /* (2) statement_list ::= statement_list EOL statement */
   101,  /* (3) statement ::= */
   101,  /* (4) statement ::= direction */
   101,  /* (5) statement ::= lvalue ASSIGN rvalue */
   101,  /* (6) statement ::= PLACENAME COLON unnamed_statement */
   101,  /* (7) statement ::= PLACENAME COLON position */
   101,  /* (8) statement ::= unnamed_statement */
   101,  /* (9) statement ::= print prlist */
   101,  /* (10) statement ::= ASSERT LP expr EQ expr RP */
   101,  /* (11) statement ::= ASSERT LP position EQ position RP */
   101,  /* (12) statement ::= DEFINE ID CODEBLOCK */
   117,  /* (13) rvalue ::= PLACENAME */
   125,  /* (14) pritem ::= FILL */
   125,  /* (15) pritem ::= COLOR */
   125,  /* (16) pritem ::= THICKNESS */
   125,  /* (17) pritem ::= rvalue */
   125,  /* (18) pritem ::= STRING */
   126,  /* (19) prsep ::= COMMA */
   102,  /* (20) unnamed_statement ::= basetype attribute_list */
   103,  /* (21) basetype ::= CLASSNAME */
   103,  /* (22) basetype ::= STRING textposition */
   103,  /* (23) basetype ::= LB savelist statement_list RB */
   128,  /* (24) savelist ::= */
   120,  /* (25) relexpr ::= expr */
   120,  /* (26) relexpr ::= expr PERCENT */
   121,  /* (27) optrelexpr ::= */
   127,  /* (28) attribute_list ::= relexpr alist */
   130,  /* (29) attribute ::= numproperty relexpr */
   130,  /* (30) attribute ::= dashproperty expr */
   130,  /* (31) attribute ::= dashproperty */
   130,  /* (32) attribute ::= colorproperty rvalue */
   130,  /* (33) attribute ::= go direction optrelexpr */
   130,  /* (34) attribute ::= go direction even position */
   130,  /* (35) attribute ::= CLOSE */
   130,  /* (36) attribute ::= CHOP */
   130,  /* (37) attribute ::= FROM position */
   130,  /* (38) attribute ::= TO position */
   130,  /* (39) attribute ::= THEN */
   130,  /* (40) attribute ::= THEN optrelexpr HEADING expr */
   130,  /* (41) attribute ::= THEN optrelexpr EDGEPT */
   130,  /* (42) attribute ::= GO optrelexpr HEADING expr */
   130,  /* (43) attribute ::= GO optrelexpr EDGEPT */
   130,  /* (44) attribute ::= AT position */
   130,  /* (45) attribute ::= SAME */
   130,  /* (46) attribute ::= SAME AS object */
   130,  /* (47) attribute ::= STRING textposition */
   130,  /* (48) attribute ::= FIT */
   130,  /* (49) attribute ::= BEHIND object */
   133,  /* (50) withclause ::= DOT_E edge AT position */
   133,  /* (51) withclause ::= edge AT position */
   105,  /* (52) numproperty ::= HEIGHT|WIDTH|RADIUS|DIAMETER|THICKNESS */
   132,  /* (53) boolproperty ::= CW */
   132,  /* (54) boolproperty ::= CCW */
   132,  /* (55) boolproperty ::= LARROW */
   132,  /* (56) boolproperty ::= RARROW */
   132,  /* (57) boolproperty ::= LRARROW */
   132,  /* (58) boolproperty ::= INVIS */
   132,  /* (59) boolproperty ::= THICK */
   132,  /* (60) boolproperty ::= THIN */
   132,  /* (61) boolproperty ::= SOLID */
   116,  /* (62) textposition ::= */
   116,  /* (63) textposition ::= textposition CENTER|LJUST|RJUST|ABOVE|BELOW|ITALIC|BOLD|MONO|ALIGNED|BIG|SMALL */
   111,  /* (64) position ::= expr COMMA expr */
   111,  /* (65) position ::= place PLUS expr COMMA expr */
   111,  /* (66) position ::= place MINUS expr COMMA expr */
   111,  /* (67) position ::= place PLUS LP expr COMMA expr RP */
   111,  /* (68) position ::= place MINUS LP expr COMMA expr RP */
   111,  /* (69) position ::= LP position COMMA position RP */
   111,  /* (70) position ::= LP position RP */
   111,  /* (71) position ::= expr between position AND position */
   111,  /* (72) position ::= expr LT position COMMA position GT */
   111,  /* (73) position ::= expr ABOVE position */
   111,  /* (74) position ::= expr BELOW position */
   111,  /* (75) position ::= expr LEFT OF position */
   111,  /* (76) position ::= expr RIGHT OF position */
   111,  /* (77) position ::= expr ON HEADING EDGEPT OF position */
   111,  /* (78) position ::= expr HEADING EDGEPT OF position */
   111,  /* (79) position ::= expr EDGEPT OF position */
   111,  /* (80) position ::= expr ON HEADING expr FROM position */
   111,  /* (81) position ::= expr HEADING expr FROM position */
   112,  /* (82) place ::= edge OF object */
   135,  /* (83) place2 ::= object */
   135,  /* (84) place2 ::= object DOT_E edge */
   135,  /* (85) place2 ::= NTH VERTEX OF object */
   113,  /* (86) object ::= nth */
   113,  /* (87) object ::= nth OF|IN object */
   114,  /* (88) objectname ::= THIS */
   114,  /* (89) objectname ::= PLACENAME */
   114,  /* (90) objectname ::= objectname DOT_U PLACENAME */
   115,  /* (91) nth ::= NTH CLASSNAME */
   115,  /* (92) nth ::= NTH LAST CLASSNAME */
   115,  /* (93) nth ::= LAST CLASSNAME */
   115,  /* (94) nth ::= LAST */
   115,  /* (95) nth ::= NTH LB RB */
   115,  /* (96) nth ::= NTH LAST LB RB */
   115,  /* (97) nth ::= LAST LB RB */
   104,  /* (98) expr ::= expr PLUS expr */
   104,  /* (99) expr ::= expr MINUS expr */
   104,  /* (100) expr ::= expr STAR expr */
   104,  /* (101) expr ::= expr SLASH expr */
   104,  /* (102) expr ::= MINUS expr */
   104,  /* (103) expr ::= PLUS expr */
   104,  /* (104) expr ::= LP expr RP */
   104,  /* (105) expr ::= LP FILL|COLOR|THICKNESS RP */
   104,  /* (106) expr ::= NUMBER */
   104,  /* (107) expr ::= ID */
   104,  /* (108) expr ::= FUNC1 LP expr RP */
   104,  /* (109) expr ::= FUNC2 LP expr COMMA expr RP */
   104,  /* (110) expr ::= DIST LP position COMMA position RP */
   104,  /* (111) expr ::= place2 DOT_XY X */
   104,  /* (112) expr ::= place2 DOT_XY Y */
   104,  /* (113) expr ::= object DOT_L numproperty */
   104,  /* (114) expr ::= object DOT_L dashproperty */
   104,  /* (115) expr ::= object DOT_L colorproperty */
   118,  /* (116) lvalue ::= ID */
   118,  /* (117) lvalue ::= FILL */
   118,  /* (118) lvalue ::= COLOR */
   118,  /* (119) lvalue ::= THICKNESS */
   117,  /* (120) rvalue ::= expr */
   123,  /* (121) print ::= PRINT */
   124,  /* (122) prlist ::= pritem */
   124,  /* (123) prlist ::= prlist prsep pritem */
   107,  /* (124) direction ::= UP */
   107,  /* (125) direction ::= DOWN */
   107,  /* (126) direction ::= LEFT */
   107,  /* (127) direction ::= RIGHT */
   121,  /* (128) optrelexpr ::= relexpr */
   127,  /* (129) attribute_list ::= alist */
   129,  /* (130) alist ::= */
   129,  /* (131) alist ::= alist attribute */
   130,  /* (132) attribute ::= boolproperty */
   130,  /* (133) attribute ::= WITH withclause */
   131,  /* (134) go ::= GO */
   131,  /* (135) go ::= */
   119,  /* (136) even ::= UNTIL EVEN WITH */
   119,  /* (137) even ::= EVEN WITH */
   108,  /* (138) dashproperty ::= DOTTED */
   108,  /* (139) dashproperty ::= DASHED */
   109,  /* (140) colorproperty ::= FILL */
   109,  /* (141) colorproperty ::= COLOR */
   111,  /* (142) position ::= place */
   134,  /* (143) between ::= WAY BETWEEN */
   134,  /* (144) between ::= BETWEEN */
   134,  /* (145) between ::= OF THE WAY BETWEEN */
   112,  /* (146) place ::= place2 */
   106,  /* (147) edge ::= CENTER */
   106,  /* (148) edge ::= EDGEPT */
   106,  /* (149) edge ::= TOP */
   106,  /* (150) edge ::= BOTTOM */
   106,  /* (151) edge ::= START */
   106,  /* (152) edge ::= END */
   106,  /* (153) edge ::= RIGHT */
   106,  /* (154) edge ::= LEFT */
   113,  /* (155) object ::= objectname */
};

/* For rule J, yyRuleInfoNRhs[J] contains the negative of the number
** of symbols on the right-hand side of that rule. */
static const signed char yyRuleInfoNRhs[] = {
   -1,  /* (0) document ::= statement_list */
   -1,  /* (1) statement_list ::= statement */
   -3,  /* (2) statement_list ::= statement_list EOL statement */
    0,  /* (3) statement ::= */
   -1,  /* (4) statement ::= direction */
   -3,  /* (5) statement ::= lvalue ASSIGN rvalue */
   -3,  /* (6) statement ::= PLACENAME COLON unnamed_statement */
   -3,  /* (7) statement ::= PLACENAME COLON position */
   -1,  /* (8) statement ::= unnamed_statement */
   -2,  /* (9) statement ::= print prlist */
   -6,  /* (10) statement ::= ASSERT LP expr EQ expr RP */
   -6,  /* (11) statement ::= ASSERT LP position EQ position RP */
   -3,  /* (12) statement ::= DEFINE ID CODEBLOCK */
   -1,  /* (13) rvalue ::= PLACENAME */
   -1,  /* (14) pritem ::= FILL */
   -1,  /* (15) pritem ::= COLOR */
   -1,  /* (16) pritem ::= THICKNESS */
   -1,  /* (17) pritem ::= rvalue */
   -1,  /* (18) pritem ::= STRING */
   -1,  /* (19) prsep ::= COMMA */
   -2,  /* (20) unnamed_statement ::= basetype attribute_list */
   -1,  /* (21) basetype ::= CLASSNAME */
   -2,  /* (22) basetype ::= STRING textposition */
   -4,  /* (23) basetype ::= LB savelist statement_list RB */
    0,  /* (24) savelist ::= */
   -1,  /* (25) relexpr ::= expr */
   -2,  /* (26) relexpr ::= expr PERCENT */
    0,  /* (27) optrelexpr ::= */
   -2,  /* (28) attribute_list ::= relexpr alist */
   -2,  /* (29) attribute ::= numproperty relexpr */
   -2,  /* (30) attribute ::= dashproperty expr */
   -1,  /* (31) attribute ::= dashproperty */
   -2,  /* (32) attribute ::= colorproperty rvalue */
   -3,  /* (33) attribute ::= go direction optrelexpr */
   -4,  /* (34) attribute ::= go direction even position */
   -1,  /* (35) attribute ::= CLOSE */
   -1,  /* (36) attribute ::= CHOP */
   -2,  /* (37) attribute ::= FROM position */
   -2,  /* (38) attribute ::= TO position */
   -1,  /* (39) attribute ::= THEN */
   -4,  /* (40) attribute ::= THEN optrelexpr HEADING expr */
   -3,  /* (41) attribute ::= THEN optrelexpr EDGEPT */
   -4,  /* (42) attribute ::= GO optrelexpr HEADING expr */
   -3,  /* (43) attribute ::= GO optrelexpr EDGEPT */
   -2,  /* (44) attribute ::= AT position */
   -1,  /* (45) attribute ::= SAME */
   -3,  /* (46) attribute ::= SAME AS object */
   -2,  /* (47) attribute ::= STRING textposition */
   -1,  /* (48) attribute ::= FIT */
   -2,  /* (49) attribute ::= BEHIND object */
   -4,  /* (50) withclause ::= DOT_E edge AT position */
   -3,  /* (51) withclause ::= edge AT position */
   -1,  /* (52) numproperty ::= HEIGHT|WIDTH|RADIUS|DIAMETER|THICKNESS */
   -1,  /* (53) boolproperty ::= CW */
   -1,  /* (54) boolproperty ::= CCW */
   -1,  /* (55) boolproperty ::= LARROW */
   -1,  /* (56) boolproperty ::= RARROW */
   -1,  /* (57) boolproperty ::= LRARROW */
   -1,  /* (58) boolproperty ::= INVIS */
   -1,  /* (59) boolproperty ::= THICK */
   -1,  /* (60) boolproperty ::= THIN */
   -1,  /* (61) boolproperty ::= SOLID */
    0,  /* (62) textposition ::= */
   -2,  /* (63) textposition ::= textposition CENTER|LJUST|RJUST|ABOVE|BELOW|ITALIC|BOLD|MONO|ALIGNED|BIG|SMALL */
   -3,  /* (64) position ::= expr COMMA expr */
   -5,  /* (65) position ::= place PLUS expr COMMA expr */
   -5,  /* (66) position ::= place MINUS expr COMMA expr */
   -7,  /* (67) position ::= place PLUS LP expr COMMA expr RP */
   -7,  /* (68) position ::= place MINUS LP expr COMMA expr RP */
   -5,  /* (69) position ::= LP position COMMA position RP */
   -3,  /* (70) position ::= LP position RP */
   -5,  /* (71) position ::= expr between position AND position */
   -6,  /* (72) position ::= expr LT position COMMA position GT */
   -3,  /* (73) position ::= expr ABOVE position */
   -3,  /* (74) position ::= expr BELOW position */
   -4,  /* (75) position ::= expr LEFT OF position */
   -4,  /* (76) position ::= expr RIGHT OF position */
   -6,  /* (77) position ::= expr ON HEADING EDGEPT OF position */
   -5,  /* (78) position ::= expr HEADING EDGEPT OF position */
   -4,  /* (79) position ::= expr EDGEPT OF position */
   -6,  /* (80) position ::= expr ON HEADING expr FROM position */
   -5,  /* (81) position ::= expr HEADING expr FROM position */
   -3,  /* (82) place ::= edge OF object */
   -1,  /* (83) place2 ::= object */
   -3,  /* (84) place2 ::= object DOT_E edge */
   -4,  /* (85) place2 ::= NTH VERTEX OF object */
   -1,  /* (86) object ::= nth */
   -3,  /* (87) object ::= nth OF|IN object */
   -1,  /* (88) objectname ::= THIS */
   -1,  /* (89) objectname ::= PLACENAME */
   -3,  /* (90) objectname ::= objectname DOT_U PLACENAME */
   -2,  /* (91) nth ::= NTH CLASSNAME */
   -3,  /* (92) nth ::= NTH LAST CLASSNAME */
   -2,  /* (93) nth ::= LAST CLASSNAME */
   -1,  /* (94) nth ::= LAST */
   -3,  /* (95) nth ::= NTH LB RB */
   -4,  /* (96) nth ::= NTH LAST LB RB */
   -3,  /* (97) nth ::= LAST LB RB */
   -3,  /* (98) expr ::= expr PLUS expr */
   -3,  /* (99) expr ::= expr MINUS expr */
   -3,  /* (100) expr ::= expr STAR expr */
   -3,  /* (101) expr ::= expr SLASH expr */
   -2,  /* (102) expr ::= MINUS expr */
   -2,  /* (103) expr ::= PLUS expr */
   -3,  /* (104) expr ::= LP expr RP */
   -3,  /* (105) expr ::= LP FILL|COLOR|THICKNESS RP */
   -1,  /* (106) expr ::= NUMBER */
   -1,  /* (107) expr ::= ID */
   -4,  /* (108) expr ::= FUNC1 LP expr RP */
   -6,  /* (109) expr ::= FUNC2 LP expr COMMA expr RP */
   -6,  /* (110) expr ::= DIST LP position COMMA position RP */
   -3,  /* (111) expr ::= place2 DOT_XY X */
   -3,  /* (112) expr ::= place2 DOT_XY Y */
   -3,  /* (113) expr ::= object DOT_L numproperty */
   -3,  /* (114) expr ::= object DOT_L dashproperty */
   -3,  /* (115) expr ::= object DOT_L colorproperty */
   -1,  /* (116) lvalue ::= ID */
   -1,  /* (117) lvalue ::= FILL */
   -1,  /* (118) lvalue ::= COLOR */
   -1,  /* (119) lvalue ::= THICKNESS */
   -1,  /* (120) rvalue ::= expr */
   -1,  /* (121) print ::= PRINT */
   -1,  /* (122) prlist ::= pritem */
   -3,  /* (123) prlist ::= prlist prsep pritem */
   -1,  /* (124) direction ::= UP */
   -1,  /* (125) direction ::= DOWN */
   -1,  /* (126) direction ::= LEFT */
   -1,  /* (127) direction ::= RIGHT */
   -1,  /* (128) optrelexpr ::= relexpr */
   -1,  /* (129) attribute_list ::= alist */
    0,  /* (130) alist ::= */
   -2,  /* (131) alist ::= alist attribute */
   -1,  /* (132) attribute ::= boolproperty */
   -2,  /* (133) attribute ::= WITH withclause */
   -1,  /* (134) go ::= GO */
    0,  /* (135) go ::= */
   -3,  /* (136) even ::= UNTIL EVEN WITH */
   -2,  /* (137) even ::= EVEN WITH */
   -1,  /* (138) dashproperty ::= DOTTED */
   -1,  /* (139) dashproperty ::= DASHED */
   -1,  /* (140) colorproperty ::= FILL */
   -1,  /* (141) colorproperty ::= COLOR */
   -1,  /* (142) position ::= place */
   -2,  /* (143) between ::= WAY BETWEEN */
   -1,  /* (144) between ::= BETWEEN */
   -4,  /* (145) between ::= OF THE WAY BETWEEN */
   -1,  /* (146) place ::= place2 */
   -1,  /* (147) edge ::= CENTER */
   -1,  /* (148) edge ::= EDGEPT */
   -1,  /* (149) edge ::= TOP */
   -1,  /* (150) edge ::= BOTTOM */
   -1,  /* (151) edge ::= START */
   -1,  /* (152) edge ::= END */
   -1,  /* (153) edge ::= RIGHT */
   -1,  /* (154) edge ::= LEFT */
   -1,  /* (155) object ::= objectname */
};

static void yy_accept(yyParser*);  /* Forward Declaration */

/*
** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately
** follow the reduce.
**
** The yyLookahead and yyLookaheadToken parameters provide reduce actions
** access to the lookahead token (if any).  The yyLookahead will be YYNOCODE
** if the lookahead token has already been consumed.  As this procedure is
** only called from one place, optimizing compilers will in-line it, which
** means that the extra parameters have no performance impact.
*/
static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce(
  yyParser *yypParser,         /* The parser */
  unsigned int yyruleno,       /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */
  int yyLookahead,             /* Lookahead token, or YYNOCODE if none */
  pik_parserTOKENTYPE yyLookaheadToken  /* Value of the lookahead token */
  pik_parserCTX_PDECL                   /* %extra_context */
){
  int yygoto;                     /* The next state */
  YYACTIONTYPE yyact;             /* The next action */
  yyStackEntry *yymsp;            /* The top of the parser's stack */
  int yysize;                     /* Amount to pop the stack */
  pik_parserARG_FETCH
  (void)yyLookahead;
  (void)yyLookaheadToken;
  yymsp = yypParser->yytos;

  switch( yyruleno ){
  /* Beginning here are the reduction cases.  A typical example
  ** follows:
  **   case 0:
  **  #line <lineno> <grammarfile>
  **     { ... }           // User supplied code
  **  #line <lineno> <thisfile>
  **     break;
  */
/********** Begin reduce actions **********************************************/
        YYMINORTYPE yylhsminor;
      case 0: /* document ::= statement_list */
#line 548 "pikchr.y"
{pik_render(p,yymsp[0].minor.yy235);}
#line 2419 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 1: /* statement_list ::= statement */
#line 551 "pikchr.y"
{ yylhsminor.yy235 = pik_elist_append(p,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy162); }
#line 2424 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[0].minor.yy235 = yylhsminor.yy235;
        break;
      case 2: /* statement_list ::= statement_list EOL statement */
#line 553 "pikchr.y"
{ yylhsminor.yy235 = pik_elist_append(p,yymsp[-2].minor.yy235,yymsp[0].minor.yy162); }
#line 2430 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-2].minor.yy235 = yylhsminor.yy235;
        break;
      case 3: /* statement ::= */
#line 556 "pikchr.y"
{ yymsp[1].minor.yy162 = 0; }
#line 2436 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 4: /* statement ::= direction */
#line 557 "pikchr.y"
{ pik_set_direction(p,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.eCode);  yylhsminor.yy162=0; }
#line 2441 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[0].minor.yy162 = yylhsminor.yy162;
        break;
      case 5: /* statement ::= lvalue ASSIGN rvalue */
#line 558 "pikchr.y"
{pik_set_var(p,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[0].minor.yy21,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); yylhsminor.yy162=0;}
#line 2447 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-2].minor.yy162 = yylhsminor.yy162;
        break;
      case 6: /* statement ::= PLACENAME COLON unnamed_statement */
#line 560 "pikchr.y"
{ yylhsminor.yy162 = yymsp[0].minor.yy162;  pik_elem_setname(p,yymsp[0].minor.yy162,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); }
#line 2453 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-2].minor.yy162 = yylhsminor.yy162;
        break;
      case 7: /* statement ::= PLACENAME COLON position */
#line 562 "pikchr.y"
{ yylhsminor.yy162 = pik_elem_new(p,0,0,0);
                 if(yylhsminor.yy162){ yylhsminor.yy162->ptAt = yymsp[0].minor.yy63; pik_elem_setname(p,yylhsminor.yy162,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); }}
#line 2460 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-2].minor.yy162 = yylhsminor.yy162;
        break;
      case 8: /* statement ::= unnamed_statement */
#line 564 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy162 = yymsp[0].minor.yy162;}
#line 2466 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[0].minor.yy162 = yylhsminor.yy162;
        break;
      case 9: /* statement ::= print prlist */
#line 565 "pikchr.y"
{pik_append(p,"<br>\n",5); yymsp[-1].minor.yy162=0;}
#line 2472 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 10: /* statement ::= ASSERT LP expr EQ expr RP */
#line 570 "pikchr.y"
{yymsp[-5].minor.yy162=pik_assert(p,yymsp[-3].minor.yy21,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy21);}
#line 2477 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 11: /* statement ::= ASSERT LP position EQ position RP */
#line 572 "pikchr.y"
{yymsp[-5].minor.yy162=pik_position_assert(p,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy63,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy63);}
#line 2482 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 12: /* statement ::= DEFINE ID CODEBLOCK */
#line 573 "pikchr.y"
{yymsp[-2].minor.yy162=0; pik_add_macro(p,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
#line 2487 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 13: /* rvalue ::= PLACENAME */
#line 584 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy21 = pik_lookup_color(p,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
#line 2492 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[0].minor.yy21 = yylhsminor.yy21;
        break;
      case 14: /* pritem ::= FILL */
      case 15: /* pritem ::= COLOR */ yytestcase(yyruleno==15);
      case 16: /* pritem ::= THICKNESS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==16);
#line 589 "pikchr.y"
{pik_append_num(p,"",pik_value(p,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n,0));}
#line 2500 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 17: /* pritem ::= rvalue */
#line 592 "pikchr.y"
{pik_append_num(p,"",yymsp[0].minor.yy21);}
#line 2505 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 18: /* pritem ::= STRING */
#line 593 "pikchr.y"
{pik_append_text(p,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z+1,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n-2,0);}
#line 2510 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 19: /* prsep ::= COMMA */
#line 594 "pikchr.y"
{pik_append(p, " ", 1);}
#line 2515 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 20: /* unnamed_statement ::= basetype attribute_list */
#line 597 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy162 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy162; pik_after_adding_attributes(p,yylhsminor.yy162);}
#line 2520 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-1].minor.yy162 = yylhsminor.yy162;
        break;
      case 21: /* basetype ::= CLASSNAME */
#line 599 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy162 = pik_elem_new(p,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0,0); }
#line 2526 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[0].minor.yy162 = yylhsminor.yy162;
        break;
      case 22: /* basetype ::= STRING textposition */
#line 601 "pikchr.y"
{yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.eCode = yymsp[0].minor.yy188; yylhsminor.yy162 = pik_elem_new(p,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); }
#line 2532 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-1].minor.yy162 = yylhsminor.yy162;
        break;
      case 23: /* basetype ::= LB savelist statement_list RB */
#line 603 "pikchr.y"
{ p->list = yymsp[-2].minor.yy235; yymsp[-3].minor.yy162 = pik_elem_new(p,0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy235); if(yymsp[-3].minor.yy162) yymsp[-3].minor.yy162->errTok = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; }
#line 2538 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 24: /* savelist ::= */
#line 608 "pikchr.y"
{yymsp[1].minor.yy235 = p->list; p->list = 0;}
#line 2543 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 25: /* relexpr ::= expr */
#line 615 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy72.rAbs = yymsp[0].minor.yy21; yylhsminor.yy72.rRel = 0;}
#line 2548 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[0].minor.yy72 = yylhsminor.yy72;
        break;
      case 26: /* relexpr ::= expr PERCENT */
#line 616 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy72.rAbs = 0; yylhsminor.yy72.rRel = yymsp[-1].minor.yy21/100;}
#line 2554 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-1].minor.yy72 = yylhsminor.yy72;
        break;
      case 27: /* optrelexpr ::= */
#line 618 "pikchr.y"
{yymsp[1].minor.yy72.rAbs = 0; yymsp[1].minor.yy72.rRel = 1.0;}
#line 2560 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 28: /* attribute_list ::= relexpr alist */
#line 620 "pikchr.y"
{pik_add_direction(p,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy72);}
#line 2565 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 29: /* attribute ::= numproperty relexpr */
#line 624 "pikchr.y"
{ pik_set_numprop(p,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy72); }
#line 2570 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 30: /* attribute ::= dashproperty expr */
#line 625 "pikchr.y"
{ pik_set_dashed(p,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy21); }
#line 2575 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 31: /* attribute ::= dashproperty */
#line 626 "pikchr.y"
{ pik_set_dashed(p,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);  }
#line 2580 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 32: /* attribute ::= colorproperty rvalue */
#line 627 "pikchr.y"
{ pik_set_clrprop(p,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,yymsp[0].minor.yy21); }
#line 2585 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 33: /* attribute ::= go direction optrelexpr */
#line 628 "pikchr.y"
{ pik_add_direction(p,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy72);}
#line 2590 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 34: /* attribute ::= go direction even position */
#line 629 "pikchr.y"
{pik_evenwith(p,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy63);}
#line 2595 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 35: /* attribute ::= CLOSE */
#line 630 "pikchr.y"
{ pik_close_path(p,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); }
#line 2600 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 36: /* attribute ::= CHOP */
#line 631 "pikchr.y"
{ p->cur->bChop = 1; }
#line 2605 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 37: /* attribute ::= FROM position */
#line 632 "pikchr.y"
{ pik_set_from(p,p->cur,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy63); }
#line 2610 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 38: /* attribute ::= TO position */
#line 633 "pikchr.y"
{ pik_add_to(p,p->cur,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy63); }
#line 2615 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 39: /* attribute ::= THEN */
#line 634 "pikchr.y"
{ pik_then(p, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, p->cur); }
#line 2620 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 40: /* attribute ::= THEN optrelexpr HEADING expr */
      case 42: /* attribute ::= GO optrelexpr HEADING expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==42);
#line 636 "pikchr.y"
{pik_move_hdg(p,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy72,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,yymsp[0].minor.yy21,0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);}
#line 2626 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 41: /* attribute ::= THEN optrelexpr EDGEPT */
      case 43: /* attribute ::= GO optrelexpr EDGEPT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==43);
#line 637 "pikchr.y"
{pik_move_hdg(p,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy72,0,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);}
#line 2632 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 44: /* attribute ::= AT position */
#line 642 "pikchr.y"
{ pik_set_at(p,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy63,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); }
#line 2637 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 45: /* attribute ::= SAME */
#line 644 "pikchr.y"
{pik_same(p,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
#line 2642 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 46: /* attribute ::= SAME AS object */
#line 645 "pikchr.y"
{pik_same(p,yymsp[0].minor.yy162,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);}
#line 2647 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 47: /* attribute ::= STRING textposition */
#line 646 "pikchr.y"
{pik_add_txt(p,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,yymsp[0].minor.yy188);}
#line 2652 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 48: /* attribute ::= FIT */
#line 647 "pikchr.y"
{pik_size_to_fit(p,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,3); }
#line 2657 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 49: /* attribute ::= BEHIND object */
#line 648 "pikchr.y"
{pik_behind(p,yymsp[0].minor.yy162);}
#line 2662 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 50: /* withclause ::= DOT_E edge AT position */
      case 51: /* withclause ::= edge AT position */ yytestcase(yyruleno==51);
#line 656 "pikchr.y"
{ pik_set_at(p,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy63,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); }
#line 2668 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 52: /* numproperty ::= HEIGHT|WIDTH|RADIUS|DIAMETER|THICKNESS */
#line 660 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
#line 2673 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[0].minor.yy0 = yylhsminor.yy0;
        break;
      case 53: /* boolproperty ::= CW */
#line 671 "pikchr.y"
{p->cur->cw = 1;}
#line 2679 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 54: /* boolproperty ::= CCW */
#line 672 "pikchr.y"
{p->cur->cw = 0;}
#line 2684 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 55: /* boolproperty ::= LARROW */
#line 673 "pikchr.y"
{p->cur->larrow=1; p->cur->rarrow=0; }
#line 2689 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 56: /* boolproperty ::= RARROW */
#line 674 "pikchr.y"
{p->cur->larrow=0; p->cur->rarrow=1; }
#line 2694 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 57: /* boolproperty ::= LRARROW */
#line 675 "pikchr.y"
{p->cur->larrow=1; p->cur->rarrow=1; }
#line 2699 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 58: /* boolproperty ::= INVIS */
#line 676 "pikchr.y"
{p->cur->sw = -0.00001;}
#line 2704 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 59: /* boolproperty ::= THICK */
#line 677 "pikchr.y"
{p->cur->sw *= 1.5;}
#line 2709 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 60: /* boolproperty ::= THIN */
#line 678 "pikchr.y"
{p->cur->sw *= 0.67;}
#line 2714 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 61: /* boolproperty ::= SOLID */
#line 679 "pikchr.y"
{p->cur->sw = pik_value(p,"thickness",9,0);
                               p->cur->dotted = p->cur->dashed = 0.0;}
#line 2720 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 62: /* textposition ::= */
#line 682 "pikchr.y"
{yymsp[1].minor.yy188 = 0;}
#line 2725 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 63: /* textposition ::= textposition CENTER|LJUST|RJUST|ABOVE|BELOW|ITALIC|BOLD|MONO|ALIGNED|BIG|SMALL */
#line 685 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy188 = (short int)pik_text_position(yymsp[-1].minor.yy188,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
#line 2730 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-1].minor.yy188 = yylhsminor.yy188;
        break;
      case 64: /* position ::= expr COMMA expr */
#line 688 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy63.x=yymsp[-2].minor.yy21; yylhsminor.yy63.y=yymsp[0].minor.yy21;}
#line 2736 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-2].minor.yy63 = yylhsminor.yy63;
        break;
      case 65: /* position ::= place PLUS expr COMMA expr */
#line 690 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy63.x=yymsp[-4].minor.yy63.x+yymsp[-2].minor.yy21; yylhsminor.yy63.y=yymsp[-4].minor.yy63.y+yymsp[0].minor.yy21;}
#line 2742 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-4].minor.yy63 = yylhsminor.yy63;
        break;
      case 66: /* position ::= place MINUS expr COMMA expr */
#line 691 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy63.x=yymsp[-4].minor.yy63.x-yymsp[-2].minor.yy21; yylhsminor.yy63.y=yymsp[-4].minor.yy63.y-yymsp[0].minor.yy21;}
#line 2748 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-4].minor.yy63 = yylhsminor.yy63;
        break;
      case 67: /* position ::= place PLUS LP expr COMMA expr RP */
#line 693 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy63.x=yymsp[-6].minor.yy63.x+yymsp[-3].minor.yy21; yylhsminor.yy63.y=yymsp[-6].minor.yy63.y+yymsp[-1].minor.yy21;}
#line 2754 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-6].minor.yy63 = yylhsminor.yy63;
        break;
      case 68: /* position ::= place MINUS LP expr COMMA expr RP */
#line 695 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy63.x=yymsp[-6].minor.yy63.x-yymsp[-3].minor.yy21; yylhsminor.yy63.y=yymsp[-6].minor.yy63.y-yymsp[-1].minor.yy21;}
#line 2760 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-6].minor.yy63 = yylhsminor.yy63;
        break;
      case 69: /* position ::= LP position COMMA position RP */
#line 696 "pikchr.y"
{yymsp[-4].minor.yy63.x=yymsp[-3].minor.yy63.x; yymsp[-4].minor.yy63.y=yymsp[-1].minor.yy63.y;}
#line 2766 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 70: /* position ::= LP position RP */
#line 697 "pikchr.y"
{yymsp[-2].minor.yy63=yymsp[-1].minor.yy63;}
#line 2771 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 71: /* position ::= expr between position AND position */
#line 699 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy63 = pik_position_between(yymsp[-4].minor.yy21,yymsp[-2].minor.yy63,yymsp[0].minor.yy63);}
#line 2776 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-4].minor.yy63 = yylhsminor.yy63;
        break;
      case 72: /* position ::= expr LT position COMMA position GT */
#line 701 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy63 = pik_position_between(yymsp[-5].minor.yy21,yymsp[-3].minor.yy63,yymsp[-1].minor.yy63);}
#line 2782 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-5].minor.yy63 = yylhsminor.yy63;
        break;
      case 73: /* position ::= expr ABOVE position */
#line 702 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy63=yymsp[0].minor.yy63; yylhsminor.yy63.y += yymsp[-2].minor.yy21;}
#line 2788 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-2].minor.yy63 = yylhsminor.yy63;
        break;
      case 74: /* position ::= expr BELOW position */
#line 703 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy63=yymsp[0].minor.yy63; yylhsminor.yy63.y -= yymsp[-2].minor.yy21;}
#line 2794 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-2].minor.yy63 = yylhsminor.yy63;
        break;
      case 75: /* position ::= expr LEFT OF position */
#line 704 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy63=yymsp[0].minor.yy63; yylhsminor.yy63.x -= yymsp[-3].minor.yy21;}
#line 2800 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-3].minor.yy63 = yylhsminor.yy63;
        break;
      case 76: /* position ::= expr RIGHT OF position */
#line 705 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy63=yymsp[0].minor.yy63; yylhsminor.yy63.x += yymsp[-3].minor.yy21;}
#line 2806 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-3].minor.yy63 = yylhsminor.yy63;
        break;
      case 77: /* position ::= expr ON HEADING EDGEPT OF position */
#line 707 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy63 = pik_position_at_hdg(yymsp[-5].minor.yy21,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[0].minor.yy63);}
#line 2812 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-5].minor.yy63 = yylhsminor.yy63;
        break;
      case 78: /* position ::= expr HEADING EDGEPT OF position */
#line 709 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy63 = pik_position_at_hdg(yymsp[-4].minor.yy21,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[0].minor.yy63);}
#line 2818 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-4].minor.yy63 = yylhsminor.yy63;
        break;
      case 79: /* position ::= expr EDGEPT OF position */
#line 711 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy63 = pik_position_at_hdg(yymsp[-3].minor.yy21,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[0].minor.yy63);}
#line 2824 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-3].minor.yy63 = yylhsminor.yy63;
        break;
      case 80: /* position ::= expr ON HEADING expr FROM position */
#line 713 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy63 = pik_position_at_angle(yymsp[-5].minor.yy21,yymsp[-2].minor.yy21,yymsp[0].minor.yy63);}
#line 2830 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-5].minor.yy63 = yylhsminor.yy63;
        break;
      case 81: /* position ::= expr HEADING expr FROM position */
#line 715 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy63 = pik_position_at_angle(yymsp[-4].minor.yy21,yymsp[-2].minor.yy21,yymsp[0].minor.yy63);}
#line 2836 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-4].minor.yy63 = yylhsminor.yy63;
        break;
      case 82: /* place ::= edge OF object */
#line 727 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy63 = pik_place_of_elem(p,yymsp[0].minor.yy162,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);}
#line 2842 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-2].minor.yy63 = yylhsminor.yy63;
        break;
      case 83: /* place2 ::= object */
#line 728 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy63 = pik_place_of_elem(p,yymsp[0].minor.yy162,0);}
#line 2848 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[0].minor.yy63 = yylhsminor.yy63;
        break;
      case 84: /* place2 ::= object DOT_E edge */
#line 729 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy63 = pik_place_of_elem(p,yymsp[-2].minor.yy162,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
#line 2854 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-2].minor.yy63 = yylhsminor.yy63;
        break;
      case 85: /* place2 ::= NTH VERTEX OF object */
#line 730 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy63 = pik_nth_vertex(p,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[0].minor.yy162);}
#line 2860 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-3].minor.yy63 = yylhsminor.yy63;
        break;
      case 86: /* object ::= nth */
#line 742 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy162 = pik_find_nth(p,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
#line 2866 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[0].minor.yy162 = yylhsminor.yy162;
        break;
      case 87: /* object ::= nth OF|IN object */
#line 743 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy162 = pik_find_nth(p,yymsp[0].minor.yy162,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);}
#line 2872 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-2].minor.yy162 = yylhsminor.yy162;
        break;
      case 88: /* objectname ::= THIS */
#line 745 "pikchr.y"
{yymsp[0].minor.yy162 = p->cur;}
#line 2878 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 89: /* objectname ::= PLACENAME */
#line 746 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy162 = pik_find_byname(p,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
#line 2883 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[0].minor.yy162 = yylhsminor.yy162;
        break;
      case 90: /* objectname ::= objectname DOT_U PLACENAME */
#line 748 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy162 = pik_find_byname(p,yymsp[-2].minor.yy162,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
#line 2889 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-2].minor.yy162 = yylhsminor.yy162;
        break;
      case 91: /* nth ::= NTH CLASSNAME */
#line 750 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy0=yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yylhsminor.yy0.eCode = pik_nth_value(p,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); }
#line 2895 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-1].minor.yy0 = yylhsminor.yy0;
        break;
      case 92: /* nth ::= NTH LAST CLASSNAME */
#line 751 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy0=yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yylhsminor.yy0.eCode = -pik_nth_value(p,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); }
#line 2901 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-2].minor.yy0 = yylhsminor.yy0;
        break;
      case 93: /* nth ::= LAST CLASSNAME */
#line 752 "pikchr.y"
{yymsp[-1].minor.yy0=yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.eCode = -1;}
#line 2907 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 94: /* nth ::= LAST */
#line 753 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy0=yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yylhsminor.yy0.eCode = -1;}
#line 2912 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[0].minor.yy0 = yylhsminor.yy0;
        break;
      case 95: /* nth ::= NTH LB RB */
#line 754 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy0=yymsp[-1].minor.yy0; yylhsminor.yy0.eCode = pik_nth_value(p,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);}
#line 2918 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-2].minor.yy0 = yylhsminor.yy0;
        break;
      case 96: /* nth ::= NTH LAST LB RB */
#line 755 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy0=yymsp[-1].minor.yy0; yylhsminor.yy0.eCode = -pik_nth_value(p,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);}
#line 2924 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-3].minor.yy0 = yylhsminor.yy0;
        break;
      case 97: /* nth ::= LAST LB RB */
#line 756 "pikchr.y"
{yymsp[-2].minor.yy0=yymsp[-1].minor.yy0; yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.eCode = -1; }
#line 2930 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 98: /* expr ::= expr PLUS expr */
#line 758 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy21=yymsp[-2].minor.yy21+yymsp[0].minor.yy21;}
#line 2935 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-2].minor.yy21 = yylhsminor.yy21;
        break;
      case 99: /* expr ::= expr MINUS expr */
#line 759 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy21=yymsp[-2].minor.yy21-yymsp[0].minor.yy21;}
#line 2941 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-2].minor.yy21 = yylhsminor.yy21;
        break;
      case 100: /* expr ::= expr STAR expr */
#line 760 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy21=yymsp[-2].minor.yy21*yymsp[0].minor.yy21;}
#line 2947 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-2].minor.yy21 = yylhsminor.yy21;
        break;
      case 101: /* expr ::= expr SLASH expr */
#line 761 "pikchr.y"
{
  if( yymsp[0].minor.yy21==0.0 ){ pik_error(p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, "division by zero"); yylhsminor.yy21 = 0.0; }
  else{ yylhsminor.yy21 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy21/yymsp[0].minor.yy21; }
}
#line 2956 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-2].minor.yy21 = yylhsminor.yy21;
        break;
      case 102: /* expr ::= MINUS expr */
#line 765 "pikchr.y"
{yymsp[-1].minor.yy21=-yymsp[0].minor.yy21;}
#line 2962 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 103: /* expr ::= PLUS expr */
#line 766 "pikchr.y"
{yymsp[-1].minor.yy21=yymsp[0].minor.yy21;}
#line 2967 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 104: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */
#line 767 "pikchr.y"
{yymsp[-2].minor.yy21=yymsp[-1].minor.yy21;}
#line 2972 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 105: /* expr ::= LP FILL|COLOR|THICKNESS RP */
#line 768 "pikchr.y"
{yymsp[-2].minor.yy21=pik_get_var(p,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
#line 2977 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 106: /* expr ::= NUMBER */
#line 769 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy21=pik_atof(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
#line 2982 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[0].minor.yy21 = yylhsminor.yy21;
        break;
      case 107: /* expr ::= ID */
#line 770 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy21=pik_get_var(p,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
#line 2988 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[0].minor.yy21 = yylhsminor.yy21;
        break;
      case 108: /* expr ::= FUNC1 LP expr RP */
#line 771 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy21 = pik_func(p,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy21,0.0);}
#line 2994 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-3].minor.yy21 = yylhsminor.yy21;
        break;
      case 109: /* expr ::= FUNC2 LP expr COMMA expr RP */
#line 772 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy21 = pik_func(p,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,yymsp[-3].minor.yy21,yymsp[-1].minor.yy21);}
#line 3000 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-5].minor.yy21 = yylhsminor.yy21;
        break;
      case 110: /* expr ::= DIST LP position COMMA position RP */
#line 773 "pikchr.y"
{yymsp[-5].minor.yy21 = pik_dist(&yymsp[-3].minor.yy63,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy63);}
#line 3006 "pikchr.c"
        break;
      case 111: /* expr ::= place2 DOT_XY X */
#line 774 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy21 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy63.x;}
#line 3011 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-2].minor.yy21 = yylhsminor.yy21;
        break;
      case 112: /* expr ::= place2 DOT_XY Y */
#line 775 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy21 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy63.y;}
#line 3017 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-2].minor.yy21 = yylhsminor.yy21;
        break;
      case 113: /* expr ::= object DOT_L numproperty */
      case 114: /* expr ::= object DOT_L dashproperty */ yytestcase(yyruleno==114);
      case 115: /* expr ::= object DOT_L colorproperty */ yytestcase(yyruleno==115);
#line 776 "pikchr.y"
{yylhsminor.yy21=pik_property_of(yymsp[-2].minor.yy162,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
#line 3025 "pikchr.c"
  yymsp[-2].minor.yy21 = yylhsminor.yy21;
        break;
      default:
      /* (116) lvalue ::= ID */ yytestcase(yyruleno==116);
      /* (117) lvalue ::= FILL */ yytestcase(yyruleno==117);
      /* (118) lvalue ::= COLOR */ yytestcase(yyruleno==118);
      /* (119) lvalue ::= THICKNESS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==119);
      /* (120) rvalue ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==120);
      /* (121) print ::= PRINT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==121);
      /* (122) prlist ::= pritem (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=122);
      /* (123) prlist ::= prlist prsep pritem */ yytestcase(yyruleno==123);
      /* (124) direction ::= UP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==124);
      /* (125) direction ::= DOWN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==125);
      /* (126) direction ::= LEFT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==126);
      /* (127) direction ::= RIGHT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==127);
      /* (128) optrelexpr ::= relexpr (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=128);
      /* (129) attribute_list ::= alist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==129);
      /* (130) alist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==130);
      /* (131) alist ::= alist attribute */ yytestcase(yyruleno==131);
      /* (132) attribute ::= boolproperty (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=132);
      /* (133) attribute ::= WITH withclause */ yytestcase(yyruleno==133);
      /* (134) go ::= GO */ yytestcase(yyruleno==134);
      /* (135) go ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==135);
      /* (136) even ::= UNTIL EVEN WITH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==136);
      /* (137) even ::= EVEN WITH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==137);
      /* (138) dashproperty ::= DOTTED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==138);
      /* (139) dashproperty ::= DASHED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==139);
      /* (140) colorproperty ::= FILL */ yytestcase(yyruleno==140);
      /* (141) colorproperty ::= COLOR */ yytestcase(yyruleno==141);
      /* (142) position ::= place */ yytestcase(yyruleno==142);
      /* (143) between ::= WAY BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==143);
      /* (144) between ::= BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==144);
      /* (145) between ::= OF THE WAY BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==145);
      /* (146) place ::= place2 */ yytestcase(yyruleno==146);
      /* (147) edge ::= CENTER */ yytestcase(yyruleno==147);
      /* (148) edge ::= EDGEPT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==148);
      /* (149) edge ::= TOP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==149);
      /* (150) edge ::= BOTTOM */ yytestcase(yyruleno==150);
      /* (151) edge ::= START */ yytestcase(yyruleno==151);
      /* (152) edge ::= END */ yytestcase(yyruleno==152);
      /* (153) edge ::= RIGHT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==153);
      /* (154) edge ::= LEFT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==154);
      /* (155) object ::= objectname */ yytestcase(yyruleno==155);
        break;
/********** End reduce actions ************************************************/
  };
  assert( yyruleno<sizeof(yyRuleInfoLhs)/sizeof(yyRuleInfoLhs[0]) );
  yygoto = yyRuleInfoLhs[yyruleno];
  yysize = yyRuleInfoNRhs[yyruleno];
  yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[yysize].stateno,(YYCODETYPE)yygoto);

  /* There are no SHIFTREDUCE actions on nonterminals because the table
  ** generator has simplified them to pure REDUCE actions. */
  assert( !(yyact>YY_MAX_SHIFT && yyact<=YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE) );

  /* It is not possible for a REDUCE to be followed by an error */
  assert( yyact!=YY_ERROR_ACTION );

  yymsp += yysize+1;
  yypParser->yytos = yymsp;
  yymsp->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyact;
  yymsp->major = (YYCODETYPE)yygoto;
  yyTraceShift(yypParser, yyact, "... then shift");
  return yyact;
}

/*
** The following code executes when the parse fails
*/
#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
static void yy_parse_failed(
  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
){
  pik_parserARG_FETCH
  pik_parserCTX_FETCH
#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE ){
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt);
  }
#endif
  while( yypParser->yytos>yypParser->yystack ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
  ** parser fails */
/************ Begin %parse_failure code ***************************************/
/************ End %parse_failure code *****************************************/
  pik_parserARG_STORE /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
  pik_parserCTX_STORE
}
#endif /* YYNOERRORRECOVERY */

/*
** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs.
*/
static void yy_syntax_error(
  yyParser *yypParser,           /* The parser */
  int yymajor,                   /* The major type of the error token */
  pik_parserTOKENTYPE yyminor         /* The minor type of the error token */
){
  pik_parserARG_FETCH
  pik_parserCTX_FETCH
#define TOKEN yyminor
/************ Begin %syntax_error code ****************************************/
#line 536 "pikchr.y"

  if( TOKEN.z && TOKEN.z[0] ){
    pik_error(p, &TOKEN, "syntax error");
  }else{
    pik_error(p, 0, "syntax error");
  }
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(yymajor);
#line 3136 "pikchr.c"
/************ End %syntax_error code ******************************************/
  pik_parserARG_STORE /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
  pik_parserCTX_STORE
}

/*
** The following is executed when the parser accepts
*/
static void yy_accept(
  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
){
  pik_parserARG_FETCH
  pik_parserCTX_FETCH
#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE ){
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt);
  }
#endif
#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
  yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
#endif
  assert( yypParser->yytos==yypParser->yystack );
  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
  ** parser accepts */
/*********** Begin %parse_accept code *****************************************/
/*********** End %parse_accept code *******************************************/
  pik_parserARG_STORE /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
  pik_parserCTX_STORE
}

/* The main parser program.
** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
** "pik_parserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
** The second argument is the major token number.  The third is
** the minor token.  The fourth optional argument is whatever the
** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for
** use by the action routines.
**
** Inputs:
** <ul>
** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.)
** <li> The major token number.
** <li> The minor token number.
** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type.
** </ul>
**
** Outputs:
** None.
*/
void pik_parser(
  void *yyp,                   /* The parser */
  int yymajor,                 /* The major token code number */
  pik_parserTOKENTYPE yyminor       /* The value for the token */
  pik_parserARG_PDECL               /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */
){
  YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion;
  YYACTIONTYPE yyact;   /* The parser action. */
#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
  int yyendofinput;     /* True if we are at the end of input */
#endif
#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
  int yyerrorhit = 0;   /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */
#endif
  yyParser *yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp;  /* The parser */
  pik_parserCTX_FETCH
  pik_parserARG_STORE

  assert( yypParser->yytos!=0 );
#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
  yyendofinput = (yymajor==0);
#endif

  yyact = yypParser->yytos->stateno;
#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE ){
    if( yyact < YY_MIN_REDUCE ){
      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput '%s' in state %d\n",
              yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor],yyact);
    }else{
      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput '%s' with pending reduce %d\n",
              yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor],yyact-YY_MIN_REDUCE);
    }
  }
#endif

  while(1){ /* Exit by "break" */
    assert( yypParser->yytos>=yypParser->yystack );
    assert( yyact==yypParser->yytos->stateno );
    yyact = yy_find_shift_action((YYCODETYPE)yymajor,yyact);
    if( yyact >= YY_MIN_REDUCE ){
      unsigned int yyruleno = yyact - YY_MIN_REDUCE; /* Reduce by this rule */
#ifndef NDEBUG
      assert( yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) );
      if( yyTraceFILE ){
        int yysize = yyRuleInfoNRhs[yyruleno];
        if( yysize ){
          fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce %d [%s]%s, pop back to state %d.\n",
            yyTracePrompt,
            yyruleno, yyRuleName[yyruleno],
            yyruleno<YYNRULE_WITH_ACTION ? "" : " without external action",
            yypParser->yytos[yysize].stateno);
        }else{
          fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce %d [%s]%s.\n",
            yyTracePrompt, yyruleno, yyRuleName[yyruleno],
            yyruleno<YYNRULE_WITH_ACTION ? "" : " without external action");
        }
      }
#endif /* NDEBUG */

      /* Check that the stack is large enough to grow by a single entry
      ** if the RHS of the rule is empty.  This ensures that there is room
      ** enough on the stack to push the LHS value */
      if( yyRuleInfoNRhs[yyruleno]==0 ){
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
        if( (int)(yypParser->yytos - yypParser->yystack)>yypParser->yyhwm ){
          yypParser->yyhwm++;
          assert( yypParser->yyhwm ==
                  (int)(yypParser->yytos - yypParser->yystack));
        }
#endif
#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 
        if( yypParser->yytos>=yypParser->yystackEnd ){
          yyStackOverflow(yypParser);
          break;
        }
#else
        if( yypParser->yytos>=&yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yystksz-1] ){
          if( yyGrowStack(yypParser) ){
            yyStackOverflow(yypParser);
            break;
          }
        }
#endif
      }
      yyact = yy_reduce(yypParser,yyruleno,yymajor,yyminor pik_parserCTX_PARAM);
    }else if( yyact <= YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE ){
      yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,yyminor);
#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
      yypParser->yyerrcnt--;
#endif
      break;
    }else if( yyact==YY_ACCEPT_ACTION ){
      yypParser->yytos--;
      yy_accept(yypParser);
      return;
    }else{
      assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION );
      yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor;
#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
      int yymx;
#endif
#ifndef NDEBUG
      if( yyTraceFILE ){
        fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt);
      }
#endif
#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
      /* A syntax error has occurred.
      ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
      ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".  
      **
      ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
      **
      **  * Call the %syntax_error function.
      **
      **  * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where
      **    it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift
      **    the error symbol.
      **
      **  * Set the error count to three.
      **
      **  * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens.  No new error
      **    processing will occur until three tokens have been
      **    shifted successfully.
      **
      */
      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){
        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminor);
      }
      yymx = yypParser->yytos->major;
      if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){
#ifndef NDEBUG
        if( yyTraceFILE ){
          fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n",
             yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
        }
#endif
        yy_destructor(yypParser, (YYCODETYPE)yymajor, &yyminorunion);
        yymajor = YYNOCODE;
      }else{
        while( yypParser->yytos > yypParser->yystack ){
          yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yypParser->yytos->stateno,
                                        YYERRORSYMBOL);
          if( yyact<=YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE ) break;
          yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
        }
        if( yypParser->yytos <= yypParser->yystack || yymajor==0 ){
          yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
          yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
          yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
#endif
          yymajor = YYNOCODE;
        }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){
          yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,yyminor);
        }
      }
      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
      yyerrorhit = 1;
      if( yymajor==YYNOCODE ) break;
      yyact = yypParser->yytos->stateno;
#elif defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
      /* If the YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to
      ** do any kind of error recovery.  Instead, simply invoke the syntax
      ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened.
      **
      ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if
      ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen.
      */
      yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor, yyminor);
      yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
      break;
#else  /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */
      /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR:
      **
      **  * Report an error message, and throw away the input token.
      **
      **  * If the input token is $, then fail the parse.
      **
      ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until
      ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted.
      */
      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){
        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor, yyminor);
      }
      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
      yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
      if( yyendofinput ){
        yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
        yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
#endif
      }
      break;
#endif
    }
  }
#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE ){
    yyStackEntry *i;
    char cDiv = '[';
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sReturn. Stack=",yyTracePrompt);
    for(i=&yypParser->yystack[1]; i<=yypParser->yytos; i++){
      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%c%s", cDiv, yyTokenName[i->major]);
      cDiv = ' ';
    }
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"]\n");
  }
#endif
  return;
}

/*
** Return the fallback token corresponding to canonical token iToken, or
** 0 if iToken has no fallback.
*/
int pik_parserFallback(int iToken){
#ifdef YYFALLBACK
  assert( iToken<(int)(sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])) );
  return yyFallback[iToken];
#else
  (void)iToken;
  return 0;
#endif
}
#line 781 "pikchr.y"



/* Chart of the 148 official CSS color names with their
** corresponding RGB values thru Color Module Level 4:
** https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/CSS/color_value
**
** Two new names "None" and "Off" are added with a value
** of -1.
*/
static const struct {
  const char *zName;  /* Name of the color */
  int val;            /* RGB value */
} aColor[] = {
  { "AliceBlue",                   0xf0f8ff },
  { "AntiqueWhite",                0xfaebd7 },
  { "Aqua",                        0x00ffff },
  { "Aquamarine",                  0x7fffd4 },
  { "Azure",                       0xf0ffff },
  { "Beige",                       0xf5f5dc },
  { "Bisque",                      0xffe4c4 },
  { "Black",                       0x000000 },
  { "BlanchedAlmond",              0xffebcd },
  { "Blue",                        0x0000ff },
  { "BlueViolet",                  0x8a2be2 },
  { "Brown",                       0xa52a2a },
  { "BurlyWood",                   0xdeb887 },
  { "CadetBlue",                   0x5f9ea0 },
  { "Chartreuse",                  0x7fff00 },
  { "Chocolate",                   0xd2691e },
  { "Coral",                       0xff7f50 },
  { "CornflowerBlue",              0x6495ed },
  { "Cornsilk",                    0xfff8dc },
  { "Crimson",                     0xdc143c },
  { "Cyan",                        0x00ffff },
  { "DarkBlue",                    0x00008b },
  { "DarkCyan",                    0x008b8b },
  { "DarkGoldenrod",               0xb8860b },
  { "DarkGray",                    0xa9a9a9 },
  { "DarkGreen",                   0x006400 },
  { "DarkGrey",                    0xa9a9a9 },
  { "DarkKhaki",                   0xbdb76b },
  { "DarkMagenta",                 0x8b008b },
  { "DarkOliveGreen",              0x556b2f },
  { "DarkOrange",                  0xff8c00 },
  { "DarkOrchid",                  0x9932cc },
  { "DarkRed",                     0x8b0000 },
  { "DarkSalmon",                  0xe9967a },
  { "DarkSeaGreen",                0x8fbc8f },
  { "DarkSlateBlue",               0x483d8b },
  { "DarkSlateGray",               0x2f4f4f },
  { "DarkSlateGrey",               0x2f4f4f },
  { "DarkTurquoise",               0x00ced1 },
  { "DarkViolet",                  0x9400d3 },
  { "DeepPink",                    0xff1493 },
  { "DeepSkyBlue",                 0x00bfff },
  { "DimGray",                     0x696969 },
  { "DimGrey",                     0x696969 },
  { "DodgerBlue",                  0x1e90ff },
  { "Firebrick",                   0xb22222 },
  { "FloralWhite",                 0xfffaf0 },
  { "ForestGreen",                 0x228b22 },
  { "Fuchsia",                     0xff00ff },
  { "Gainsboro",                   0xdcdcdc },
  { "GhostWhite",                  0xf8f8ff },
  { "Gold",                        0xffd700 },
  { "Goldenrod",                   0xdaa520 },
  { "Gray",                        0x808080 },
  { "Green",                       0x008000 },
  { "GreenYellow",                 0xadff2f },
  { "Grey",                        0x808080 },
  { "Honeydew",                    0xf0fff0 },
  { "HotPink",                     0xff69b4 },
  { "IndianRed",                   0xcd5c5c },
  { "Indigo",                      0x4b0082 },
  { "Ivory",                       0xfffff0 },
  { "Khaki",                       0xf0e68c },
  { "Lavender",                    0xe6e6fa },
  { "LavenderBlush",               0xfff0f5 },
  { "LawnGreen",                   0x7cfc00 },
  { "LemonChiffon",                0xfffacd },
  { "LightBlue",                   0xadd8e6 },
  { "LightCoral",                  0xf08080 },
  { "LightCyan",                   0xe0ffff },
  { "LightGoldenrodYellow",        0xfafad2 },
  { "LightGray",                   0xd3d3d3 },
  { "LightGreen",                  0x90ee90 },
  { "LightGrey",                   0xd3d3d3 },
  { "LightPink",                   0xffb6c1 },
  { "LightSalmon",                 0xffa07a },
  { "LightSeaGreen",               0x20b2aa },
  { "LightSkyBlue",                0x87cefa },
  { "LightSlateGray",              0x778899 },
  { "LightSlateGrey",              0x778899 },
  { "LightSteelBlue",              0xb0c4de },
  { "LightYellow",                 0xffffe0 },
  { "Lime",                        0x00ff00 },
  { "LimeGreen",                   0x32cd32 },
  { "Linen",                       0xfaf0e6 },
  { "Magenta",                     0xff00ff },
  { "Maroon",                      0x800000 },
  { "MediumAquamarine",            0x66cdaa },
  { "MediumBlue",                  0x0000cd },
  { "MediumOrchid",                0xba55d3 },
  { "MediumPurple",                0x9370db },
  { "MediumSeaGreen",              0x3cb371 },
  { "MediumSlateBlue",             0x7b68ee },
  { "MediumSpringGreen",           0x00fa9a },
  { "MediumTurquoise",             0x48d1cc },
  { "MediumVioletRed",             0xc71585 },
  { "MidnightBlue",                0x191970 },
  { "MintCream",                   0xf5fffa },
  { "MistyRose",                   0xffe4e1 },
  { "Moccasin",                    0xffe4b5 },
  { "NavajoWhite",                 0xffdead },
  { "Navy",                        0x000080 },
  { "None",                              -1 },  /* Non-standard addition */
  { "Off",                               -1 },  /* Non-standard addition */
  { "OldLace",                     0xfdf5e6 },
  { "Olive",                       0x808000 },
  { "OliveDrab",                   0x6b8e23 },
  { "Orange",                      0xffa500 },
  { "OrangeRed",                   0xff4500 },
  { "Orchid",                      0xda70d6 },
  { "PaleGoldenrod",               0xeee8aa },
  { "PaleGreen",                   0x98fb98 },
  { "PaleTurquoise",               0xafeeee },
  { "PaleVioletRed",               0xdb7093 },
  { "PapayaWhip",                  0xffefd5 },
  { "PeachPuff",                   0xffdab9 },
  { "Peru",                        0xcd853f },
  { "Pink",                        0xffc0cb },
  { "Plum",                        0xdda0dd },
  { "PowderBlue",                  0xb0e0e6 },
  { "Purple",                      0x800080 },
  { "RebeccaPurple",               0x663399 },
  { "Red",                         0xff0000 },
  { "RosyBrown",                   0xbc8f8f },
  { "RoyalBlue",                   0x4169e1 },
  { "SaddleBrown",                 0x8b4513 },
  { "Salmon",                      0xfa8072 },
  { "SandyBrown",                  0xf4a460 },
  { "SeaGreen",                    0x2e8b57 },
  { "Seashell",                    0xfff5ee },
  { "Sienna",                      0xa0522d },
  { "Silver",                      0xc0c0c0 },
  { "SkyBlue",                     0x87ceeb },
  { "SlateBlue",                   0x6a5acd },
  { "SlateGray",                   0x708090 },
  { "SlateGrey",                   0x708090 },
  { "Snow",                        0xfffafa },
  { "SpringGreen",                 0x00ff7f },
  { "SteelBlue",                   0x4682b4 },
  { "Tan",                         0xd2b48c },
  { "Teal",                        0x008080 },
  { "Thistle",                     0xd8bfd8 },
  { "Tomato",                      0xff6347 },
  { "Turquoise",                   0x40e0d0 },
  { "Violet",                      0xee82ee },
  { "Wheat",                       0xf5deb3 },
  { "White",                       0xffffff },
  { "WhiteSmoke",                  0xf5f5f5 },
  { "Yellow",                      0xffff00 },
  { "YellowGreen",                 0x9acd32 },
};

/* Built-in variable names.
**
** This array is constant.  When a script changes the value of one of
** these built-ins, a new PVar record is added at the head of
** the Pik.pVar list, which is searched first.  Thus the new PVar entry
** will override this default value.
**
** Units are in inches, except for "color" and "fill" which are 
** interpreted as 24-bit RGB values.
**
** Binary search used.  Must be kept in sorted order.
*/
static const struct { const char *zName; PNum val; } aBuiltin[] = {
  { "arcrad",      0.25  },
  { "arrowhead",   2.0   },
  { "arrowht",     0.08  },
  { "arrowwid",    0.06  },
  { "boxht",       0.5   },
  { "boxrad",      0.0   },
  { "boxwid",      0.75  },
  { "charht",      0.14  },
  { "charwid",     0.08  },
  { "circlerad",   0.25  },
  { "color",       0.0   },
  { "cylht",       0.5   },
  { "cylrad",      0.075 },
  { "cylwid",      0.75  },
  { "dashwid",     0.05  },
  { "dotrad",      0.015 },
  { "ellipseht",   0.5   },
  { "ellipsewid",  0.75  },
  { "fileht",      0.75  },
  { "filerad",     0.15  },
  { "filewid",     0.5   },
  { "fill",        -1.0  },
  { "lineht",      0.5   },
  { "linewid",     0.5   },
  { "movewid",     0.5   },
  { "ovalht",      0.5   },
  { "ovalwid",     1.0   },
  { "scale",       1.0   },
  { "textht",      0.5   },
  { "textwid",     0.75  },
  { "thickness",   0.015 },
};


/* Methods for the "arc" class */
static void arcInit(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  pObj->w = pik_value(p, "arcrad",6,0);
  pObj->h = pObj->w;
}
/* Hack: Arcs are here rendered as quadratic Bezier curves rather
** than true arcs.  Multiple reasons: (1) the legacy-PIC parameters
** that control arcs are obscure and I could not figure out what they
** mean based on available documentation.  (2) Arcs are rarely used,
** and so do not seem that important.
*/
static PPoint arcControlPoint(int cw, PPoint f, PPoint t, PNum rScale){
  PPoint m;
  PNum dx, dy;
  m.x = 0.5*(f.x+t.x);
  m.y = 0.5*(f.y+t.y);
  dx = t.x - f.x;
  dy = t.y - f.y;
  if( cw ){
    m.x -= 0.5*rScale*dy;
    m.y += 0.5*rScale*dx;
  }else{
    m.x += 0.5*rScale*dy;
    m.y -= 0.5*rScale*dx;
  }
  return m;
}
static void arcCheck(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  PPoint m;
  if( p->nTPath>2 ){
    pik_error(p, &pObj->errTok, "arc geometry error");
    return;
  }
  m = arcControlPoint(pObj->cw, p->aTPath[0], p->aTPath[1], 0.5);
  pik_bbox_add_xy(&pObj->bbox, m.x, m.y);
}
static void arcRender(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  PPoint f, m, t;
  if( pObj->nPath<2 ) return;
  if( pObj->sw<0.0 ) return;
  f = pObj->aPath[0];
  t = pObj->aPath[1];
  m = arcControlPoint(pObj->cw,f,t,1.0);
  if( pObj->larrow ){
    pik_draw_arrowhead(p,&m,&f,pObj);
  }
  if( pObj->rarrow ){
    pik_draw_arrowhead(p,&m,&t,pObj);
  }
  pik_append_xy(p,"<path d=\"M", f.x, f.y);
  pik_append_xy(p,"Q", m.x, m.y);
  pik_append_xy(p," ", t.x, t.y);
  pik_append(p,"\" ",2);
  pik_append_style(p,pObj,0);
  pik_append(p,"\" />\n", -1);

  pik_append_txt(p, pObj, 0);
}


/* Methods for the "arrow" class */
static void arrowInit(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  pObj->w = pik_value(p, "linewid",7,0);
  pObj->h = pik_value(p, "lineht",6,0);
  pObj->rad = pik_value(p, "linerad",7,0);
  pObj->rarrow = 1;
}

/* Methods for the "box" class */
static void boxInit(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  pObj->w = pik_value(p, "boxwid",6,0);
  pObj->h = pik_value(p, "boxht",5,0);
  pObj->rad = pik_value(p, "boxrad",6,0);
}
/* Return offset from the center of the box to the compass point 
** given by parameter cp */
static PPoint boxOffset(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, int cp){
  PPoint pt = cZeroPoint;
  PNum w2 = 0.5*pObj->w;
  PNum h2 = 0.5*pObj->h;
  PNum rad = pObj->rad;
  PNum rx;
  if( rad<=0.0 ){
    rx = 0.0;
  }else{
    if( rad>w2 ) rad = w2;
    if( rad>h2 ) rad = h2;
    rx = 0.29289321881345252392*rad;
  }
  switch( cp ){
    case CP_C:                                   break;
    case CP_N:   pt.x = 0.0;      pt.y = h2;     break;
    case CP_NE:  pt.x = w2-rx;    pt.y = h2-rx;  break;
    case CP_E:   pt.x = w2;       pt.y = 0.0;    break;
    case CP_SE:  pt.x = w2-rx;    pt.y = rx-h2;  break;
    case CP_S:   pt.x = 0.0;      pt.y = -h2;    break;
    case CP_SW:  pt.x = rx-w2;    pt.y = rx-h2;  break;
    case CP_W:   pt.x = -w2;      pt.y = 0.0;    break;
    case CP_NW:  pt.x = rx-w2;    pt.y = h2-rx;  break;
    default:     assert(0);
  }
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
  return pt;
}
static PPoint boxChop(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, PPoint *pPt){
  PNum dx, dy;
  int cp = CP_C;
  PPoint chop = pObj->ptAt;
  if( pObj->w<=0.0 ) return chop;
  if( pObj->h<=0.0 ) return chop;
  dx = (pPt->x - pObj->ptAt.x)*pObj->h/pObj->w;
  dy = (pPt->y - pObj->ptAt.y);
  if( dx>0.0 ){
    if( dy>=2.414*dx ){
      cp = CP_N;
    }else if( dy>=0.414*dx ){
      cp = CP_NE;
    }else if( dy>=-0.414*dx ){
      cp = CP_E;
    }else if( dy>-2.414*dx ){
      cp = CP_SE;
    }else{
      cp = CP_S;
    }
  }else{
    if( dy>=-2.414*dx ){
      cp = CP_N;
    }else if( dy>=-0.414*dx ){
      cp = CP_NW;
    }else if( dy>=0.414*dx ){
      cp = CP_W;
    }else if( dy>2.414*dx ){
      cp = CP_SW;
    }else{
      cp = CP_S;
    }
  }
  chop = pObj->type->xOffset(p,pObj,cp);
  chop.x += pObj->ptAt.x;
  chop.y += pObj->ptAt.y;
  return chop;
}
static void boxFit(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, PNum w, PNum h){
  if( w>0 ) pObj->w = w;
  if( h>0 ) pObj->h = h;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
}
static void boxRender(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  PNum w2 = 0.5*pObj->w;
  PNum h2 = 0.5*pObj->h;
  PNum rad = pObj->rad;
  PPoint pt = pObj->ptAt;
  if( pObj->sw>=0.0 ){
    if( rad<=0.0 ){
      pik_append_xy(p,"<path d=\"M", pt.x-w2,pt.y-h2);
      pik_append_xy(p,"L", pt.x+w2,pt.y-h2);
      pik_append_xy(p,"L", pt.x+w2,pt.y+h2);
      pik_append_xy(p,"L", pt.x-w2,pt.y+h2);
      pik_append(p,"Z\" ",-1);
    }else{
      /*
      **         ----       - y3
      **        /    \
      **       /      \     _ y2
      **      |        |    
      **      |        |    _ y1
      **       \      /
      **        \    /
      **         ----       _ y0
      **
      **      '  '  '  '
      **     x0 x1 x2 x3
      */
      PNum x0,x1,x2,x3,y0,y1,y2,y3;
      if( rad>w2 ) rad = w2;
      if( rad>h2 ) rad = h2;
      x0 = pt.x - w2;
      x1 = x0 + rad;
      x3 = pt.x + w2;
      x2 = x3 - rad;
      y0 = pt.y - h2;
      y1 = y0 + rad;
      y3 = pt.y + h2;
      y2 = y3 - rad;
      pik_append_xy(p,"<path d=\"M", x1, y0);
      if( x2>x1 ) pik_append_xy(p, "L", x2, y0);
      pik_append_arc(p, rad, rad, x3, y1);
      if( y2>y1 ) pik_append_xy(p, "L", x3, y2);
      pik_append_arc(p, rad, rad, x2, y3);
      if( x2>x1 ) pik_append_xy(p, "L", x1, y3);
      pik_append_arc(p, rad, rad, x0, y2);
      if( y2>y1 ) pik_append_xy(p, "L", x0, y1);
      pik_append_arc(p, rad, rad, x1, y0);
      pik_append(p,"Z\" ",-1);
    }
    pik_append_style(p,pObj,3);
    pik_append(p,"\" />\n", -1);
  }
  pik_append_txt(p, pObj, 0);
}

/* Methods for the "circle" class */
static void circleInit(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  pObj->w = pik_value(p, "circlerad",9,0)*2;
  pObj->h = pObj->w;
  pObj->rad = 0.5*pObj->w;
}
static void circleNumProp(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, PToken *pId){
  /* For a circle, the width must equal the height and both must
  ** be twice the radius.  Enforce those constraints. */
  switch( pId->eType ){
    case T_DIAMETER:
    case T_RADIUS:
      pObj->w = pObj->h = 2.0*pObj->rad;
      break;
    case T_WIDTH:
      pObj->h = pObj->w;
      pObj->rad = 0.5*pObj->w;
      break;
    case T_HEIGHT:
      pObj->w = pObj->h;
      pObj->rad = 0.5*pObj->w;
      break;
  }
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
}
static PPoint circleChop(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, PPoint *pPt){
  PPoint chop;
  PNum dx = pPt->x - pObj->ptAt.x;
  PNum dy = pPt->y - pObj->ptAt.y;
  PNum dist = hypot(dx,dy);
  if( dist<pObj->rad || dist<=0 ) return pObj->ptAt;
  chop.x = pObj->ptAt.x + dx*pObj->rad/dist;
  chop.y = pObj->ptAt.y + dy*pObj->rad/dist;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
  return chop;
}
static void circleFit(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, PNum w, PNum h){
  PNum mx = 0.0;
  if( w>0 ) mx = w;
  if( h>mx ) mx = h;
  if( w*h>0 && (w*w + h*h) > mx*mx ){
    mx = hypot(w,h);
  }
  if( mx>0.0 ){
    pObj->rad = 0.5*mx;
    pObj->w = pObj->h = mx;
  }
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
}

static void circleRender(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  PNum r = pObj->rad;
  PPoint pt = pObj->ptAt;
  if( pObj->sw>=0.0 ){
    pik_append_x(p,"<circle cx=\"", pt.x, "\"");
    pik_append_y(p," cy=\"", pt.y, "\"");
    pik_append_dis(p," r=\"", r, "\" ");
    pik_append_style(p,pObj,3);
    pik_append(p,"\" />\n", -1);
  }
  pik_append_txt(p, pObj, 0);
}

/* Methods for the "cylinder" class */
static void cylinderInit(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  pObj->w = pik_value(p, "cylwid",6,0);
  pObj->h = pik_value(p, "cylht",5,0);
  pObj->rad = pik_value(p, "cylrad",6,0); /* Minor radius of ellipses */
}
static void cylinderFit(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, PNum w, PNum h){
  if( w>0 ) pObj->w = w;
  if( h>0 ) pObj->h = h + 0.25*pObj->rad + pObj->sw;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
}
static void cylinderRender(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  PNum w2 = 0.5*pObj->w;
  PNum h2 = 0.5*pObj->h;
  PNum rad = pObj->rad;
  PPoint pt = pObj->ptAt;
  if( pObj->sw>=0.0 ){
    if( rad>h2 ){
      rad = h2;
    }else if( rad<0 ){
      rad = 0;
    }
    pik_append_xy(p,"<path d=\"M", pt.x-w2,pt.y+h2-rad);
    pik_append_xy(p,"L", pt.x-w2,pt.y-h2+rad);
    pik_append_arc(p,w2,rad,pt.x+w2,pt.y-h2+rad);
    pik_append_xy(p,"L", pt.x+w2,pt.y+h2-rad);
    pik_append_arc(p,w2,rad,pt.x-w2,pt.y+h2-rad);
    pik_append_arc(p,w2,rad,pt.x+w2,pt.y+h2-rad);
    pik_append(p,"\" ",-1);
    pik_append_style(p,pObj,3);
    pik_append(p,"\" />\n", -1);
  }
  pik_append_txt(p, pObj, 0);
}
static PPoint cylinderOffset(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, int cp){
  PPoint pt = cZeroPoint;
  PNum w2 = pObj->w*0.5;
  PNum h1 = pObj->h*0.5;
  PNum h2 = h1 - pObj->rad;
  switch( cp ){
    case CP_C:                                break;
    case CP_N:   pt.x = 0.0;   pt.y = h1;     break;
    case CP_NE:  pt.x = w2;    pt.y = h2;     break;
    case CP_E:   pt.x = w2;    pt.y = 0.0;    break;
    case CP_SE:  pt.x = w2;    pt.y = -h2;    break;
    case CP_S:   pt.x = 0.0;   pt.y = -h1;    break;
    case CP_SW:  pt.x = -w2;   pt.y = -h2;    break;
    case CP_W:   pt.x = -w2;   pt.y = 0.0;    break;
    case CP_NW:  pt.x = -w2;   pt.y = h2;     break;
    default:     assert(0);
  }
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
  return pt;
}

/* Methods for the "dot" class */
static void dotInit(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  pObj->rad = pik_value(p, "dotrad",6,0);
  pObj->h = pObj->w = pObj->rad*6;
  pObj->fill = pObj->color;
}
static void dotNumProp(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, PToken *pId){
  switch( pId->eType ){
    case T_COLOR:
      pObj->fill = pObj->color;
      break;
    case T_FILL:
      pObj->color = pObj->fill;
      break;
  }
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
}
static void dotCheck(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  pObj->w = pObj->h = 0;
  pik_bbox_addellipse(&pObj->bbox, pObj->ptAt.x, pObj->ptAt.y,
                       pObj->rad, pObj->rad);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
}
static PPoint dotOffset(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, int cp){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pObj);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(cp);
  return cZeroPoint;
}
static void dotRender(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  PNum r = pObj->rad;
  PPoint pt = pObj->ptAt;
  if( pObj->sw>=0.0 ){
    pik_append_x(p,"<circle cx=\"", pt.x, "\"");
    pik_append_y(p," cy=\"", pt.y, "\"");
    pik_append_dis(p," r=\"", r, "\"");
    pik_append_style(p,pObj,2);
    pik_append(p,"\" />\n", -1);
  }
  pik_append_txt(p, pObj, 0);
}



/* Methods for the "ellipse" class */
static void ellipseInit(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  pObj->w = pik_value(p, "ellipsewid",10,0);
  pObj->h = pik_value(p, "ellipseht",9,0);
}
static PPoint ellipseChop(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, PPoint *pPt){
  PPoint chop;
  PNum s, dq, dist;
  PNum dx = pPt->x - pObj->ptAt.x;
  PNum dy = pPt->y - pObj->ptAt.y;
  if( pObj->w<=0.0 ) return pObj->ptAt;
  if( pObj->h<=0.0 ) return pObj->ptAt;
  s = pObj->h/pObj->w;
  dq = dx*s;
  dist = hypot(dq,dy);
  if( dist<pObj->h ) return pObj->ptAt;
  chop.x = pObj->ptAt.x + 0.5*dq*pObj->h/(dist*s);
  chop.y = pObj->ptAt.y + 0.5*dy*pObj->h/dist;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
  return chop;
}
static PPoint ellipseOffset(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, int cp){
  PPoint pt = cZeroPoint;
  PNum w = pObj->w*0.5;
  PNum w2 = w*0.70710678118654747608;
  PNum h = pObj->h*0.5;
  PNum h2 = h*0.70710678118654747608;
  switch( cp ){
    case CP_C:                                break;
    case CP_N:   pt.x = 0.0;   pt.y = h;      break;
    case CP_NE:  pt.x = w2;    pt.y = h2;     break;
    case CP_E:   pt.x = w;     pt.y = 0.0;    break;
    case CP_SE:  pt.x = w2;    pt.y = -h2;    break;
    case CP_S:   pt.x = 0.0;   pt.y = -h;     break;
    case CP_SW:  pt.x = -w2;   pt.y = -h2;    break;
    case CP_W:   pt.x = -w;    pt.y = 0.0;    break;
    case CP_NW:  pt.x = -w2;   pt.y = h2;     break;
    default:     assert(0);
  }
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
  return pt;
}
static void ellipseRender(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  PNum w = pObj->w;
  PNum h = pObj->h;
  PPoint pt = pObj->ptAt;
  if( pObj->sw>=0.0 ){
    pik_append_x(p,"<ellipse cx=\"", pt.x, "\"");
    pik_append_y(p," cy=\"", pt.y, "\"");
    pik_append_dis(p," rx=\"", w/2.0, "\"");
    pik_append_dis(p," ry=\"", h/2.0, "\" ");
    pik_append_style(p,pObj,3);
    pik_append(p,"\" />\n", -1);
  }
  pik_append_txt(p, pObj, 0);
}

/* Methods for the "file" object */
static void fileInit(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  pObj->w = pik_value(p, "filewid",7,0);
  pObj->h = pik_value(p, "fileht",6,0);
  pObj->rad = pik_value(p, "filerad",7,0);
}
/* Return offset from the center of the file to the compass point 
** given by parameter cp */
static PPoint fileOffset(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, int cp){
  PPoint pt = cZeroPoint;
  PNum w2 = 0.5*pObj->w;
  PNum h2 = 0.5*pObj->h;
  PNum rx = pObj->rad;
  PNum mn = w2<h2 ? w2 : h2;
  if( rx>mn ) rx = mn;
  if( rx<mn*0.25 ) rx = mn*0.25;
  pt.x = pt.y = 0.0;
  rx *= 0.5;
  switch( cp ){
    case CP_C:                                   break;
    case CP_N:   pt.x = 0.0;      pt.y = h2;     break;
    case CP_NE:  pt.x = w2-rx;    pt.y = h2-rx;  break;
    case CP_E:   pt.x = w2;       pt.y = 0.0;    break;
    case CP_SE:  pt.x = w2;       pt.y = -h2;    break;
    case CP_S:   pt.x = 0.0;      pt.y = -h2;    break;
    case CP_SW:  pt.x = -w2;      pt.y = -h2;    break;
    case CP_W:   pt.x = -w2;      pt.y = 0.0;    break;
    case CP_NW:  pt.x = -w2;      pt.y = h2;     break;
    default:     assert(0);
  }
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
  return pt;
}
static void fileFit(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, PNum w, PNum h){
  if( w>0 ) pObj->w = w;
  if( h>0 ) pObj->h = h + 2*pObj->rad;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
}
static void fileRender(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  PNum w2 = 0.5*pObj->w;
  PNum h2 = 0.5*pObj->h;
  PNum rad = pObj->rad;
  PPoint pt = pObj->ptAt;
  PNum mn = w2<h2 ? w2 : h2;
  if( rad>mn ) rad = mn;
  if( rad<mn*0.25 ) rad = mn*0.25;
  if( pObj->sw>=0.0 ){
    pik_append_xy(p,"<path d=\"M", pt.x-w2,pt.y-h2);
    pik_append_xy(p,"L", pt.x+w2,pt.y-h2);
    pik_append_xy(p,"L", pt.x+w2,pt.y+(h2-rad));
    pik_append_xy(p,"L", pt.x+(w2-rad),pt.y+h2);
    pik_append_xy(p,"L", pt.x-w2,pt.y+h2);
    pik_append(p,"Z\" ",-1);
    pik_append_style(p,pObj,1);
    pik_append(p,"\" />\n",-1);
    pik_append_xy(p,"<path d=\"M", pt.x+(w2-rad), pt.y+h2);
    pik_append_xy(p,"L", pt.x+(w2-rad),pt.y+(h2-rad));
    pik_append_xy(p,"L", pt.x+w2, pt.y+(h2-rad));
    pik_append(p,"\" ",-1);
    pik_append_style(p,pObj,0);
    pik_append(p,"\" />\n",-1);
  }
  pik_append_txt(p, pObj, 0);
}


/* Methods for the "line" class */
static void lineInit(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  pObj->w = pik_value(p, "linewid",7,0);
  pObj->h = pik_value(p, "lineht",6,0);
  pObj->rad = pik_value(p, "linerad",7,0);
}
static PPoint lineOffset(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, int cp){
#if 0
  /* In legacy PIC, the .center of an unclosed line is half way between
  ** its .start and .end. */
  if( cp==CP_C && !pObj->bClose ){
    PPoint out;
    out.x = 0.5*(pObj->ptEnter.x + pObj->ptExit.x) - pObj->ptAt.x;
    out.y = 0.5*(pObj->ptEnter.x + pObj->ptExit.y) - pObj->ptAt.y;
    return out;
  }
#endif
  return boxOffset(p,pObj,cp);
}
static void lineRender(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  int i;
  if( pObj->sw>0.0 ){
    const char *z = "<path d=\"M";
    int n = pObj->nPath;
    if( pObj->larrow ){
      pik_draw_arrowhead(p,&pObj->aPath[1],&pObj->aPath[0],pObj);
    }
    if( pObj->rarrow ){
      pik_draw_arrowhead(p,&pObj->aPath[n-2],&pObj->aPath[n-1],pObj);
    }
    for(i=0; i<pObj->nPath; i++){
      pik_append_xy(p,z,pObj->aPath[i].x,pObj->aPath[i].y);
      z = "L";
    }
    if( pObj->bClose ){
      pik_append(p,"Z",1);
    }else{
      pObj->fill = -1.0;
    }
    pik_append(p,"\" ",-1);
    pik_append_style(p,pObj,pObj->bClose?3:0);
    pik_append(p,"\" />\n", -1);
  }
  pik_append_txt(p, pObj, 0);
}

/* Methods for the "move" class */
static void moveInit(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  pObj->w = pik_value(p, "movewid",7,0);
  pObj->h = pObj->w;
  pObj->fill = -1.0;
  pObj->color = -1.0;
  pObj->sw = -1.0;
}
static void moveRender(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  /* No-op */
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pObj);
}

/* Methods for the "oval" class */
static void ovalInit(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  pObj->h = pik_value(p, "ovalht",6,0);
  pObj->w = pik_value(p, "ovalwid",7,0);
  pObj->rad = 0.5*(pObj->h<pObj->w?pObj->h:pObj->w);
}
static void ovalNumProp(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, PToken *pId){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pId);
  /* Always adjust the radius to be half of the smaller of
  ** the width and height. */
  pObj->rad = 0.5*(pObj->h<pObj->w?pObj->h:pObj->w);
}
static void ovalFit(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, PNum w, PNum h){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
  if( w>0 ) pObj->w = w;
  if( h>0 ) pObj->h = h;
  if( pObj->w<pObj->h ) pObj->w = pObj->h;
  pObj->rad = 0.5*(pObj->h<pObj->w?pObj->h:pObj->w);
}



/* Methods for the "spline" class */
static void splineInit(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  pObj->w = pik_value(p, "linewid",7,0);
  pObj->h = pik_value(p, "lineht",6,0);
  pObj->rad = 1000;
}
/* Return a point along the path from "f" to "t" that is r units
** prior to reaching "t", except if the path is less than 2*r total,
** return the midpoint.
*/
static PPoint radiusMidpoint(PPoint f, PPoint t, PNum r, int *pbMid){
  PNum dx = t.x - f.x;
  PNum dy = t.y - f.y;
  PNum dist = hypot(dx,dy);
  PPoint m;
  if( dist<=0.0 ) return t;
  dx /= dist;
  dy /= dist;
  if( r > 0.5*dist ){
    r = 0.5*dist;
    *pbMid = 1;
  }else{
    *pbMid = 0;
  }
  m.x = t.x - r*dx;
  m.y = t.y - r*dy;
  return m;
}
static void radiusPath(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, PNum r){
  int i;
  int n = pObj->nPath;
  const PPoint *a = pObj->aPath;
  PPoint m;
  PPoint an = a[n-1];
  int isMid = 0;
  int iLast = pObj->bClose ? n : n-1;

  pik_append_xy(p,"<path d=\"M", a[0].x, a[0].y);
  m = radiusMidpoint(a[0], a[1], r, &isMid);
  pik_append_xy(p," L ",m.x,m.y);
  for(i=1; i<iLast; i++){
    an = i<n-1 ? a[i+1] : a[0];
    m = radiusMidpoint(an,a[i],r, &isMid);
    pik_append_xy(p," Q ",a[i].x,a[i].y);
    pik_append_xy(p," ",m.x,m.y);
    if( !isMid ){
      m = radiusMidpoint(a[i],an,r, &isMid);
      pik_append_xy(p," L ",m.x,m.y);
    }
  }
  pik_append_xy(p," L ",an.x,an.y);
  if( pObj->bClose ){
    pik_append(p,"Z",1);
  }else{
    pObj->fill = -1.0;
  }
  pik_append(p,"\" ",-1);
  pik_append_style(p,pObj,pObj->bClose?3:0);
  pik_append(p,"\" />\n", -1);
}
static void splineRender(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  if( pObj->sw>0.0 ){
    int n = pObj->nPath;
    PNum r = pObj->rad;
    if( n<3 || r<=0.0 ){
      lineRender(p,pObj);
      return;
    }
    if( pObj->larrow ){
      pik_draw_arrowhead(p,&pObj->aPath[1],&pObj->aPath[0],pObj);
    }
    if( pObj->rarrow ){
      pik_draw_arrowhead(p,&pObj->aPath[n-2],&pObj->aPath[n-1],pObj);
    }
    radiusPath(p,pObj,pObj->rad);
  }
  pik_append_txt(p, pObj, 0);
}


/* Methods for the "text" class */
static void textInit(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  pik_value(p, "textwid",7,0);
  pik_value(p, "textht",6,0);
  pObj->sw = 0.0;
}
static PPoint textOffset(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, int cp){
  /* Automatically slim-down the width and height of text
  ** statements so that the bounding box tightly encloses the text,
  ** then get boxOffset() to do the offset computation.
  */
  pik_size_to_fit(p, &pObj->errTok,3);
  return boxOffset(p, pObj, cp);
}
static void textRender(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  pik_append_txt(p, pObj, 0);
}


/* Methods for the "sublist" class */
static void sublistInit(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  PList *pList = pObj->pSublist;
  int i;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
  pik_bbox_init(&pObj->bbox);
  for(i=0; i<pList->n; i++){
    pik_bbox_addbox(&pObj->bbox, &pList->a[i]->bbox);
  }
  pObj->w = pObj->bbox.ne.x - pObj->bbox.sw.x;
  pObj->h = pObj->bbox.ne.y - pObj->bbox.sw.y;
  pObj->ptAt.x = 0.5*(pObj->bbox.ne.x + pObj->bbox.sw.x);
  pObj->ptAt.y = 0.5*(pObj->bbox.ne.y + pObj->bbox.sw.y);
  pObj->mCalc |= A_WIDTH|A_HEIGHT|A_RADIUS;
}


/*
** The following array holds all the different kinds of objects.
** The special [] object is separate.
*/
static const PClass aClass[] = {
   {  /* name */          "arc",
      /* isline */        1,
      /* eJust */         0,
      /* xInit */         arcInit,
      /* xNumProp */      0,
      /* xCheck */        arcCheck,
      /* xChop */         0,
      /* xOffset */       boxOffset,
      /* xFit */          0,
      /* xRender */       arcRender
   },
   {  /* name */          "arrow",
      /* isline */        1,
      /* eJust */         0,
      /* xInit */         arrowInit,
      /* xNumProp */      0,
      /* xCheck */        0,
      /* xChop */         0,
      /* xOffset */       lineOffset,
      /* xFit */          0,
      /* xRender */       splineRender 
   },
   {  /* name */          "box",
      /* isline */        0,
      /* eJust */         1,
      /* xInit */         boxInit,
      /* xNumProp */      0,
      /* xCheck */        0,
      /* xChop */         boxChop,
      /* xOffset */       boxOffset,
      /* xFit */          boxFit,
      /* xRender */       boxRender 
   },
   {  /* name */          "circle",
      /* isline */        0,
      /* eJust */         0,
      /* xInit */         circleInit,
      /* xNumProp */      circleNumProp,
      /* xCheck */        0,
      /* xChop */         circleChop,
      /* xOffset */       ellipseOffset,
      /* xFit */          circleFit,
      /* xRender */       circleRender 
   },
   {  /* name */          "cylinder",
      /* isline */        0,
      /* eJust */         1,
      /* xInit */         cylinderInit,
      /* xNumProp */      0,
      /* xCheck */        0,
      /* xChop */         boxChop,
      /* xOffset */       cylinderOffset,
      /* xFit */          cylinderFit,
      /* xRender */       cylinderRender
   },
   {  /* name */          "dot",
      /* isline */        0,
      /* eJust */         0,
      /* xInit */         dotInit,
      /* xNumProp */      dotNumProp,
      /* xCheck */        dotCheck,
      /* xChop */         circleChop,
      /* xOffset */       dotOffset,
      /* xFit */          0,
      /* xRender */       dotRender 
   },
   {  /* name */          "ellipse",
      /* isline */        0,
      /* eJust */         0,
      /* xInit */         ellipseInit,
      /* xNumProp */      0,
      /* xCheck */        0,
      /* xChop */         ellipseChop,
      /* xOffset */       ellipseOffset,
      /* xFit */          boxFit,
      /* xRender */       ellipseRender
   },
   {  /* name */          "file",
      /* isline */        0,
      /* eJust */         1,
      /* xInit */         fileInit,
      /* xNumProp */      0,
      /* xCheck */        0,
      /* xChop */         boxChop,
      /* xOffset */       fileOffset,
      /* xFit */          fileFit,
      /* xRender */       fileRender 
   },
   {  /* name */          "line",
      /* isline */        1,
      /* eJust */         0,
      /* xInit */         lineInit,
      /* xNumProp */      0,
      /* xCheck */        0,
      /* xChop */         0,
      /* xOffset */       lineOffset,
      /* xFit */          0,
      /* xRender */       splineRender
   },
   {  /* name */          "move",
      /* isline */        1,
      /* eJust */         0,
      /* xInit */         moveInit,
      /* xNumProp */      0,
      /* xCheck */        0,
      /* xChop */         0,
      /* xOffset */       boxOffset,
      /* xFit */          0,
      /* xRender */       moveRender
   },
   {  /* name */          "oval",
      /* isline */        0,
      /* eJust */         1,
      /* xInit */         ovalInit,
      /* xNumProp */      ovalNumProp,
      /* xCheck */        0,
      /* xChop */         boxChop,
      /* xOffset */       boxOffset,
      /* xFit */          ovalFit,
      /* xRender */       boxRender
   },
   {  /* name */          "spline",
      /* isline */        1,
      /* eJust */         0,
      /* xInit */         splineInit,
      /* xNumProp */      0,
      /* xCheck */        0,
      /* xChop */         0,
      /* xOffset */       lineOffset,
      /* xFit */          0,
      /* xRender */       splineRender
   },
   {  /* name */          "text",
      /* isline */        0,
      /* eJust */         0,
      /* xInit */         textInit,
      /* xNumProp */      0,
      /* xCheck */        0,
      /* xChop */         boxChop,
      /* xOffset */       textOffset,
      /* xFit */          boxFit,
      /* xRender */       textRender 
   },
};
static const PClass sublistClass = 
   {  /* name */          "[]",
      /* isline */        0,
      /* eJust */         0,
      /* xInit */         sublistInit,
      /* xNumProp */      0,
      /* xCheck */        0,
      /* xChop */         0,
      /* xOffset */       boxOffset,
      /* xFit */          0,
      /* xRender */       0 
   };
static const PClass noopClass = 
   {  /* name */          "noop",
      /* isline */        0,
      /* eJust */         0,
      /* xInit */         0,
      /* xNumProp */      0,
      /* xCheck */        0,
      /* xChop */         0,
      /* xOffset */       boxOffset,
      /* xFit */          0,
      /* xRender */       0
   };


/*
** Reduce the length of the line segment by amt (if possible) by
** modifying the location of *t.
*/
static void pik_chop(PPoint *f, PPoint *t, PNum amt){
  PNum dx = t->x - f->x;
  PNum dy = t->y - f->y;
  PNum dist = hypot(dx,dy);
  PNum r;
  if( dist<=amt ){
    *t = *f;
    return;
  }
  r = 1.0 - amt/dist;
  t->x = f->x + r*dx;
  t->y = f->y + r*dy;
}

/*
** Draw an arrowhead on the end of the line segment from pFrom to pTo.
** Also, shorten the line segment (by changing the value of pTo) so that
** the shaft of the arrow does not extend into the arrowhead.
*/
static void pik_draw_arrowhead(Pik *p, PPoint *f, PPoint *t, PObj *pObj){
  PNum dx = t->x - f->x;
  PNum dy = t->y - f->y;
  PNum dist = hypot(dx,dy);
  PNum h = p->hArrow * pObj->sw;
  PNum w = p->wArrow * pObj->sw;
  PNum e1, ddx, ddy;
  PNum bx, by;
  if( pObj->color<0.0 ) return;
  if( pObj->sw<=0.0 ) return;
  if( dist<=0.0 ) return;  /* Unable */
  dx /= dist;
  dy /= dist;
  e1 = dist - h;
  if( e1<0.0 ){
    e1 = 0.0;
    h = dist;
  }
  ddx = -w*dy;
  ddy = w*dx;
  bx = f->x + e1*dx;
  by = f->y + e1*dy;
  pik_append_xy(p,"<polygon points=\"", t->x, t->y);
  pik_append_xy(p," ",bx-ddx, by-ddy);
  pik_append_xy(p," ",bx+ddx, by+ddy);
  pik_append_clr(p,"\" style=\"fill:",pObj->color,"\"/>\n",0);
  pik_chop(f,t,h/2);
}

/*
** Compute the relative offset to an edge location from the reference for a
** an statement.
*/
static PPoint pik_elem_offset(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, int cp){
  return pObj->type->xOffset(p, pObj, cp);
}


/*
** Append raw text to zOut
*/
static void pik_append(Pik *p, const char *zText, int n){
  if( n<0 ) n = (int)strlen(zText);
  if( p->nOut+n>=p->nOutAlloc ){
    int nNew = (p->nOut+n)*2 + 1;
    char *z = realloc(p->zOut, nNew);
    if( z==0 ){
      pik_error(p, 0, 0);
      return;
    }
    p->zOut = z;
    p->nOutAlloc = nNew;
  }
  memcpy(p->zOut+p->nOut, zText, n);
  p->nOut += n;
  p->zOut[p->nOut] = 0;
}

/*
** Given a string and its length, returns true if the string begins
** with a construct which syntactically matches an HTML entity escape
** sequence (without checking for whether it's a known entity). Always
** returns false if zText[0] is false or n<4. Entities match the
** equivalent of the regexes `&#[0-9]{2,};` and
** `&[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9]+;`.
*/
static int pik_isentity(char const * zText, int n){
  int i = 0;
  if( n<4 || '&'!=zText[0] ) return 0;
  n--;
  zText++;
  if( '#'==zText[0] ){
    zText++;
    n--;
    for(i=0; i<n; i++){
      if( i>1 && ';'==zText[i] ) return 1;
      else if( zText[i]<'0' || zText[i]>'9' ) return 0;
      /* Note that &#nn; values nn<32d are not legal entities. */
    }
  }else{
    for(i=0; i<n; i++){
      if( i>1 && ';'==zText[i] ) return 1;
      else if( i>0 && zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9' ){
          continue;
      }else if( zText[i]<'A' || zText[i]>'z'
               || (zText[i]>'Z' && zText[i]<'a') ) return 0;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Append text to zOut with HTML characters escaped.
**
**   *  The space character is changed into non-breaking space (U+00a0)
**      if mFlags has the 0x01 bit set. This is needed when outputting
**      text to preserve leading and trailing whitespace.  Turns out we
**      cannot use &nbsp; as that is an HTML-ism and is not valid in XML.
**
**   *  The "&" character is changed into "&amp;" if mFlags has the
**      0x02 bit set.  This is needed when generating error message text.
**
**   *  Except for the above, only "<" and ">" are escaped.
*/
static void pik_append_text(Pik *p, const char *zText, int n, int mFlags){
  int i;
  char c = 0;
  int bQSpace = mFlags & 1;
  int bQAmp = mFlags & 2;
  if( n<0 ) n = (int)strlen(zText);
  while( n>0 ){
    for(i=0; i<n; i++){
      c = zText[i];
      if( c=='<' || c=='>' ) break;
      if( c==' ' && bQSpace ) break;
      if( c=='&' && bQAmp ) break;
    }
    if( i ) pik_append(p, zText, i);
    if( i==n ) break;
    switch( c ){
      case '<': {  pik_append(p, "&lt;", 4);  break;  }
      case '>': {  pik_append(p, "&gt;", 4);  break;  }
      case ' ': {  pik_append(p, "\302\240;", 2);  break;  }
      case '&':
        if( pik_isentity(zText+i, n-i) ){ pik_append(p, "&", 1); }
        else { pik_append(p, "&amp;", 5); }
    }
    i++;
    n -= i;
    zText += i;
    i = 0;
  }
}

/*
** Append error message text.  This is either a raw append, or an append
** with HTML escapes, depending on whether the PIKCHR_PLAINTEXT_ERRORS flag
** is set.
*/
static void pik_append_errtxt(Pik *p, const char *zText, int n){
  if( p->mFlags & PIKCHR_PLAINTEXT_ERRORS ){
    pik_append(p, zText, n);
  }else{
    pik_append_text(p, zText, n, 0);
  }
}

/* Append a PNum value
*/
static void pik_append_num(Pik *p, const char *z,PNum v){
  char buf[100];
  snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf)-1, "%.10g", (double)v);
  buf[sizeof(buf)-1] = 0;
  pik_append(p, z, -1);
  pik_append(p, buf, -1);
}

/* Append a PPoint value  (Used for debugging only)
*/
static void pik_append_point(Pik *p, const char *z, PPoint *pPt){
  char buf[100];
  snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf)-1, "%.10g,%.10g", 
          (double)pPt->x, (double)pPt->y);
  buf[sizeof(buf)-1] = 0;
  pik_append(p, z, -1);
  pik_append(p, buf, -1);
}

/*
** Invert the RGB color so that it is appropriate for dark mode.
** Variable x hold the initial color.  The color is intended for use
** as a background color if isBg is true, and as a foreground color
** if isBg is false.
*/
static int pik_color_to_dark_mode(int x, int isBg){
  int r, g, b;
  int mn, mx;
  x = 0xffffff - x;
  r = (x>>16) & 0xff;
  g = (x>>8) & 0xff;
  b = x & 0xff;
  mx = r;
  if( g>mx ) mx = g;
  if( b>mx ) mx = b;
  mn = r;
  if( g<mn ) mn = g;
  if( b<mn ) mn = b;
  r = mn + (mx-r);
  g = mn + (mx-g);
  b = mn + (mx-b);
  if( isBg ){
    if( mx>127 ){
      r = (127*r)/mx;
      g = (127*g)/mx;
      b = (127*b)/mx;
    }
  }else{
    if( mn<128 && mx>mn ){
      r = 127 + ((r-mn)*128)/(mx-mn);
      g = 127 + ((g-mn)*128)/(mx-mn);
      b = 127 + ((b-mn)*128)/(mx-mn);
    }
  }
  return r*0x10000 + g*0x100 + b;
}

/* Append a PNum value surrounded by text.  Do coordinate transformations
** on the value.
*/
static void pik_append_x(Pik *p, const char *z1, PNum v, const char *z2){
  char buf[200];
  v -= p->bbox.sw.x;
  snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf)-1, "%s%g%s", z1, p->rScale*v, z2);
  buf[sizeof(buf)-1] = 0;
  pik_append(p, buf, -1);
}
static void pik_append_y(Pik *p, const char *z1, PNum v, const char *z2){
  char buf[200];
  v = p->bbox.ne.y - v;
  snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf)-1, "%s%g%s", z1, p->rScale*v, z2);
  buf[sizeof(buf)-1] = 0;
  pik_append(p, buf, -1);
}
static void pik_append_xy(Pik *p, const char *z1, PNum x, PNum y){
  char buf[200];
  x = x - p->bbox.sw.x;
  y = p->bbox.ne.y - y;
  snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf)-1, "%s%g,%g", z1, p->rScale*x, p->rScale*y);
  buf[sizeof(buf)-1] = 0;
  pik_append(p, buf, -1);
}
static void pik_append_dis(Pik *p, const char *z1, PNum v, const char *z2){
  char buf[200];
  snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf)-1, "%s%g%s", z1, p->rScale*v, z2);
  buf[sizeof(buf)-1] = 0;
  pik_append(p, buf, -1);
}

/* Append a color specification to the output.
**
** In PIKCHR_DARK_MODE, the color is inverted.  The "bg" flags indicates that
** the color is intended for use as a background color if true, or as a
** foreground color if false.  The distinction only matters for color
** inversions in PIKCHR_DARK_MODE.
*/
static void pik_append_clr(Pik *p,const char *z1,PNum v,const char *z2,int bg){
  char buf[200];
  int x = pik_round(v);
  int r, g, b;
  if( x==0 && p->fgcolor>0 && !bg ){
    x = p->fgcolor;
  }else if( bg && x>=0xffffff && p->bgcolor>0 ){
    x = p->bgcolor;
  }else if( p->mFlags & PIKCHR_DARK_MODE ){
    x = pik_color_to_dark_mode(x,bg);
  }
  r = (x>>16) & 0xff;
  g = (x>>8) & 0xff;
  b = x & 0xff;
  snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf)-1, "%srgb(%d,%d,%d)%s", z1, r, g, b, z2);
  buf[sizeof(buf)-1] = 0;
  pik_append(p, buf, -1);
}

/* Append an SVG path A record:
**
**    A r1 r2 0 0 0 x y
*/
static void pik_append_arc(Pik *p, PNum r1, PNum r2, PNum x, PNum y){
  char buf[200];
  x = x - p->bbox.sw.x;
  y = p->bbox.ne.y - y;
  snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf)-1, "A%g %g 0 0 0 %g %g", 
     p->rScale*r1, p->rScale*r2,
     p->rScale*x, p->rScale*y);
  buf[sizeof(buf)-1] = 0;
  pik_append(p, buf, -1);
}

/* Append a style="..." text.  But, leave the quote unterminated, in case
** the caller wants to add some more.
**
** eFill is non-zero to fill in the background, or 0 if no fill should
** occur.  Non-zero values of eFill determine the "bg" flag to pik_append_clr()
** for cases when pObj->fill==pObj->color
**
**     1        fill is background, and color is foreground.
**     2        fill and color are both foreground.  (Used by "dot" objects)
**     3        fill and color are both background.  (Used by most other objs)
*/
static void pik_append_style(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, int eFill){
  int clrIsBg = 0;
  pik_append(p, " style=\"", -1);
  if( pObj->fill>=0 && eFill ){
    int fillIsBg = 1;
    if( pObj->fill==pObj->color ){
      if( eFill==2 ) fillIsBg = 0;
      if( eFill==3 ) clrIsBg = 1;
    }
    pik_append_clr(p, "fill:", pObj->fill, ";", fillIsBg);
  }else{
    pik_append(p,"fill:none;",-1);
  }
  if( pObj->sw>=0.0 && pObj->color>=0.0 ){
    PNum sw = pObj->sw;
    pik_append_dis(p, "stroke-width:", sw, ";");
    if( pObj->nPath>2 && pObj->rad<=pObj->sw ){
      pik_append(p, "stroke-linejoin:round;", -1);
    }
    pik_append_clr(p, "stroke:",pObj->color,";",clrIsBg);
    if( pObj->dotted>0.0 ){
      PNum v = pObj->dotted;
      if( sw<2.1/p->rScale ) sw = 2.1/p->rScale;
      pik_append_dis(p,"stroke-dasharray:",sw,"");
      pik_append_dis(p,",",v,";");
    }else if( pObj->dashed>0.0 ){
      PNum v = pObj->dashed;
      pik_append_dis(p,"stroke-dasharray:",v,"");
      pik_append_dis(p,",",v,";");
    }
  }
}

/*
** Compute the vertical locations for all text items in the
** object pObj.  In other words, set every pObj->aTxt[*].eCode
** value to contain exactly one of: TP_ABOVE2, TP_ABOVE, TP_CENTER,
** TP_BELOW, or TP_BELOW2 is set.
*/
static void pik_txt_vertical_layout(PObj *pObj){
  int n, i;
  PToken *aTxt;
  n = pObj->nTxt;
  if( n==0 ) return;
  aTxt = pObj->aTxt;
  if( n==1 ){
    if( (aTxt[0].eCode & TP_VMASK)==0 ){
      aTxt[0].eCode |= TP_CENTER;
    }
  }else{
    int allSlots = 0;
    int aFree[5];
    int iSlot;
    int j, mJust;
    /* If there is more than one TP_ABOVE, change the first to TP_ABOVE2. */
    for(j=mJust=0, i=n-1; i>=0; i--){
      if( aTxt[i].eCode & TP_ABOVE ){
        if( j==0 ){
          j++;
          mJust = aTxt[i].eCode & TP_JMASK;
        }else if( j==1 && mJust!=0 && (aTxt[i].eCode & mJust)==0 ){
          j++;
        }else{
          aTxt[i].eCode = (aTxt[i].eCode & ~TP_VMASK) | TP_ABOVE2;
          break;
        }
      }
    }
    /* If there is more than one TP_BELOW, change the last to TP_BELOW2 */
    for(j=mJust=0, i=0; i<n; i++){
      if( aTxt[i].eCode & TP_BELOW ){
        if( j==0 ){
          j++;
          mJust = aTxt[i].eCode & TP_JMASK;
        }else if( j==1 && mJust!=0 && (aTxt[i].eCode & mJust)==0 ){
          j++;
        }else{
          aTxt[i].eCode = (aTxt[i].eCode & ~TP_VMASK) | TP_BELOW2;
          break;
        }
      }
    }
    /* Compute a mask of all slots used */
    for(i=0; i<n; i++) allSlots |= aTxt[i].eCode & TP_VMASK;
    /* Set of an array of available slots */
    if( n==2
     && ((aTxt[0].eCode|aTxt[1].eCode)&TP_JMASK)==(TP_LJUST|TP_RJUST)
    ){
      /* Special case of two texts that have opposite justification:
      ** Allow them both to float to center. */
      iSlot = 2;
      aFree[0] = aFree[1] = TP_CENTER;
    }else{
      /* Set up the arrow so that available slots are filled from top to
      ** bottom */
      iSlot = 0;
      if( n>=4 && (allSlots & TP_ABOVE2)==0 ) aFree[iSlot++] = TP_ABOVE2;
      if( (allSlots & TP_ABOVE)==0 ) aFree[iSlot++] = TP_ABOVE;
      if( (n&1)!=0 ) aFree[iSlot++] = TP_CENTER;
      if( (allSlots & TP_BELOW)==0 ) aFree[iSlot++] = TP_BELOW;
      if( n>=4 && (allSlots & TP_BELOW2)==0 ) aFree[iSlot++] = TP_BELOW2;
    }
    /* Set the VMASK for all unassigned texts */
    for(i=iSlot=0; i<n; i++){
      if( (aTxt[i].eCode & TP_VMASK)==0 ){
        aTxt[i].eCode |= aFree[iSlot++];
      }
    }
  }
}

/* Return the font scaling factor associated with the input text attribute.
*/
static PNum pik_font_scale(PToken *t){
  PNum scale = 1.0;
  if( t->eCode & TP_BIG    ) scale *= 1.25;
  if( t->eCode & TP_SMALL  ) scale *= 0.8;
  if( t->eCode & TP_XTRA   ) scale *= scale;
  return scale;
}

/* Append multiple <text> SVG elements for the text fields of the PObj.
** Parameters:
**
**    p          The Pik object into which we are rendering
**
**    pObj       Object containing the text to be rendered
**
**    pBox       If not NULL, do no rendering at all.  Instead
**               expand the box object so that it will include all
**               of the text.
*/
static void pik_append_txt(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, PBox *pBox){
  PNum jw;          /* Justification margin relative to center */
  PNum ha2 = 0.0;   /* Height of the top row of text */
  PNum ha1 = 0.0;   /* Height of the second "above" row */
  PNum hc = 0.0;    /* Height of the center row */
  PNum hb1 = 0.0;   /* Height of the first "below" row of text */
  PNum hb2 = 0.0;   /* Height of the second "below" row */
  PNum yBase = 0.0;
  PNum sw = pObj->sw>=0.0 ? pObj->sw : 0;
  int n, i, nz;
  PNum x, y, orig_y, s;
  const char *z;
  PToken *aTxt;
  unsigned allMask = 0;

  if( p->nErr ) return;
  if( pObj->nTxt==0 ) return;
  aTxt = pObj->aTxt;
  n = pObj->nTxt;
  pik_txt_vertical_layout(pObj);
  x = pObj->ptAt.x;
  for(i=0; i<n; i++) allMask |= pObj->aTxt[i].eCode;
  if( pObj->type->isLine ){
    hc = sw*1.5;
  }else if( pObj->rad>0.0 && pObj->type->xInit==cylinderInit ){
    yBase = -0.75*pObj->rad;
  }
  if( allMask & TP_CENTER ){
    for(i=0; i<n; i++){
      if( pObj->aTxt[i].eCode & TP_CENTER ){
        s = pik_font_scale(pObj->aTxt+i);
        if( hc<s*p->charHeight ) hc = s*p->charHeight;
      }
    }
  }
  if( allMask & TP_ABOVE ){
    for(i=0; i<n; i++){
      if( pObj->aTxt[i].eCode & TP_ABOVE ){
        s = pik_font_scale(pObj->aTxt+i)*p->charHeight;
        if( ha1<s ) ha1 = s;
      }
    }
    if( allMask & TP_ABOVE2 ){
      for(i=0; i<n; i++){
        if( pObj->aTxt[i].eCode & TP_ABOVE2 ){
          s = pik_font_scale(pObj->aTxt+i)*p->charHeight;
          if( ha2<s ) ha2 = s;
        }
      }
    }
  }
  if( allMask & TP_BELOW ){
    for(i=0; i<n; i++){
      if( pObj->aTxt[i].eCode & TP_BELOW ){
        s = pik_font_scale(pObj->aTxt+i)*p->charHeight;
        if( hb1<s ) hb1 = s;
      }
    }
    if( allMask & TP_BELOW2 ){
      for(i=0; i<n; i++){
        if( pObj->aTxt[i].eCode & TP_BELOW2 ){
          s = pik_font_scale(pObj->aTxt+i)*p->charHeight;
          if( hb2<s ) hb2 = s;
        }
      }
    }
  }
  if( pObj->type->eJust==1 ){
    jw = 0.5*(pObj->w - 0.5*(p->charWidth + sw));
  }else{
    jw = 0.0;
  }
  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
    PToken *t = &aTxt[i];
    PNum xtraFontScale = pik_font_scale(t);
    PNum nx = 0;
    orig_y = pObj->ptAt.y;
    y = yBase;
    if( t->eCode & TP_ABOVE2 ) y += 0.5*hc + ha1 + 0.5*ha2;
    if( t->eCode & TP_ABOVE  ) y += 0.5*hc + 0.5*ha1;
    if( t->eCode & TP_BELOW  ) y -= 0.5*hc + 0.5*hb1;
    if( t->eCode & TP_BELOW2 ) y -= 0.5*hc + hb1 + 0.5*hb2;
    if( t->eCode & TP_LJUST  ) nx -= jw;
    if( t->eCode & TP_RJUST  ) nx += jw;

    if( pBox!=0 ){
      /* If pBox is not NULL, do not draw any <text>.  Instead, just expand
      ** pBox to include the text */
      PNum cw = pik_text_length(t, t->eCode & TP_MONO)*p->charWidth*xtraFontScale*0.01;
      PNum ch = p->charHeight*0.5*xtraFontScale;
      PNum x0, y0, x1, y1;  /* Boundary of text relative to pObj->ptAt */
      if( (t->eCode & (TP_BOLD|TP_MONO))==TP_BOLD ){
        cw *= 1.1;
      }
      if( t->eCode & TP_RJUST ){
        x0 = nx;
        y0 = y-ch;
        x1 = nx-cw;
        y1 = y+ch;
      }else if( t->eCode & TP_LJUST ){
        x0 = nx;
        y0 = y-ch;
        x1 = nx+cw;
        y1 = y+ch;
      }else{
        x0 = nx+cw/2;
        y0 = y+ch;
        x1 = nx-cw/2;
        y1 = y-ch;
      }
      if( (t->eCode & TP_ALIGN)!=0 && pObj->nPath>=2 ){
        int nn = pObj->nPath;
        PNum dx = pObj->aPath[nn-1].x - pObj->aPath[0].x;
        PNum dy = pObj->aPath[nn-1].y - pObj->aPath[0].y;
        if( dx!=0 || dy!=0 ){
          PNum dist = hypot(dx,dy);
          PNum tt;
          dx /= dist;
          dy /= dist;
          tt = dx*x0 - dy*y0;
          y0 = dy*x0 - dx*y0;
          x0 = tt;
          tt = dx*x1 - dy*y1;
          y1 = dy*x1 - dx*y1;
          x1 = tt;
        }
      }
      pik_bbox_add_xy(pBox, x+x0, orig_y+y0);
      pik_bbox_add_xy(pBox, x+x1, orig_y+y1);
      continue;
    }
    nx += x;
    y += orig_y;

    pik_append_x(p, "<text x=\"", nx, "\"");
    pik_append_y(p, " y=\"", y, "\"");
    if( t->eCode & TP_RJUST ){
      pik_append(p, " text-anchor=\"end\"", -1);
    }else if( t->eCode & TP_LJUST ){
      pik_append(p, " text-anchor=\"start\"", -1);
    }else{
      pik_append(p, " text-anchor=\"middle\"", -1);
    }
    if( t->eCode & TP_ITALIC ){
      pik_append(p, " font-style=\"italic\"", -1);
    }
    if( t->eCode & TP_BOLD ){
      pik_append(p, " font-weight=\"bold\"", -1);
    }
    if( t->eCode & TP_MONO ){
      pik_append(p, " font-family=\"monospace\"", -1);
    }
    if( pObj->color>=0.0 ){
      pik_append_clr(p, " fill=\"", pObj->color, "\"",0);
    }
    xtraFontScale *= p->fontScale;
    if( xtraFontScale<=0.99 || xtraFontScale>=1.01 ){
      pik_append_num(p, " font-size=\"", xtraFontScale*100.0);
      pik_append(p, "%\"", 2);
    }
    if( (t->eCode & TP_ALIGN)!=0 && pObj->nPath>=2 ){
      int nn = pObj->nPath;
      PNum dx = pObj->aPath[nn-1].x - pObj->aPath[0].x;
      PNum dy = pObj->aPath[nn-1].y - pObj->aPath[0].y;
      if( dx!=0 || dy!=0 ){
        PNum ang = atan2(dy,dx)*-180/M_PI;
        pik_append_num(p, " transform=\"rotate(", ang);
        pik_append_xy(p, " ", x, orig_y);
        pik_append(p,")\"",2);
      }
    }
    pik_append(p," dominant-baseline=\"central\">",-1);
    if( t->n>=2 && t->z[0]=='"' ){
      z = t->z+1;
      nz = t->n-2;
    }else{
      z = t->z;
      nz = t->n;
    }
    while( nz>0 ){
      int j;
      for(j=0; j<nz && z[j]!='\\'; j++){}
      if( j ) pik_append_text(p, z, j, 0x3);
      if( j<nz && (j+1==nz || z[j+1]=='\\') ){
        pik_append(p, "&#92;", -1);
        j++;
      }
      nz -= j+1;
      z += j+1;
    }
    pik_append(p, "</text>\n", -1);
  }
}

/*
** Append text (that will go inside of a <pre>...</pre>) that
** shows the context of an error token.
*/
static void pik_error_context(Pik *p, PToken *pErr, int nContext){
  int iErrPt;           /* Index of first byte of error from start of input */
  int iErrCol;          /* Column of the error token on its line */
  int iStart;           /* Start position of the error context */
  int iEnd;             /* End position of the error context */
  int iLineno;          /* Line number of the error */
  int iFirstLineno;     /* Line number of start of error context */
  int i;                /* Loop counter */
  int iBump = 0;        /* Bump the location of the error cursor */
  char zLineno[20];     /* Buffer in which to generate line numbers */

  iErrPt = (int)(pErr->z - p->sIn.z);
  if( iErrPt>=(int)p->sIn.n ){
    iErrPt = p->sIn.n-1;
    iBump = 1;
  }else{
    while( iErrPt>0 && (p->sIn.z[iErrPt]=='\n' || p->sIn.z[iErrPt]=='\r') ){
      iErrPt--;
      iBump = 1;
    }
  }
  iLineno = 1;
  for(i=0; i<iErrPt; i++){
    if( p->sIn.z[i]=='\n' ){
      iLineno++;
    }
  }
  iStart = 0;
  iFirstLineno = 1;
  while( iFirstLineno+nContext<iLineno ){
    while( p->sIn.z[iStart]!='\n' ){ iStart++; }
    iStart++;
    iFirstLineno++;
  }
  for(iEnd=iErrPt; p->sIn.z[iEnd]!=0 && p->sIn.z[iEnd]!='\n'; iEnd++){}
  i = iStart;
  while( iFirstLineno<=iLineno ){
    snprintf(zLineno,sizeof(zLineno)-1,"/* %4d */  ", iFirstLineno++);
    zLineno[sizeof(zLineno)-1] = 0;
    pik_append(p, zLineno, -1);
    for(i=iStart; p->sIn.z[i]!=0 && p->sIn.z[i]!='\n'; i++){}
    pik_append_errtxt(p, p->sIn.z+iStart, i-iStart);
    iStart = i+1;
    pik_append(p, "\n", 1);
  }
  for(iErrCol=0, i=iErrPt; i>0 && p->sIn.z[i]!='\n'; iErrCol++, i--){}
  for(i=0; i<iErrCol+11+iBump; i++){ pik_append(p, " ", 1); }
  for(i=0; i<(int)pErr->n; i++) pik_append(p, "^", 1);
  pik_append(p, "\n", 1);
}


/*
** Generate an error message for the output.  pErr is the token at which
** the error should point.  zMsg is the text of the error message. If
** either pErr or zMsg is NULL, generate an out-of-memory error message.
**
** This routine is a no-op if there has already been an error reported.
*/
static void pik_error(Pik *p, PToken *pErr, const char *zMsg){
  int i;
  if( p==0 ) return;
  if( p->nErr ) return;
  p->nErr++;
  if( zMsg==0 ){
    if( p->mFlags & PIKCHR_PLAINTEXT_ERRORS ){
      pik_append(p, "\nOut of memory\n", -1);
    }else{
      pik_append(p, "\n<div><p>Out of memory</p></div>\n", -1);
    }
    return;
  }
  if( pErr==0 ){
    pik_append(p, "\n", 1);
    pik_append_errtxt(p, zMsg, -1);
    return;
  }
  if( (p->mFlags & PIKCHR_PLAINTEXT_ERRORS)==0 ){
    pik_append(p, "<div><pre>\n", -1);
  }
  pik_error_context(p, pErr, 5);
  pik_append(p, "ERROR: ", -1);
  pik_append_errtxt(p, zMsg, -1);
  pik_append(p, "\n", 1);
  for(i=p->nCtx-1; i>=0; i--){
    pik_append(p, "Called from:\n", -1);
    pik_error_context(p, &p->aCtx[i], 0);
  }
  if( (p->mFlags & PIKCHR_PLAINTEXT_ERRORS)==0 ){
    pik_append(p, "</pre></div>\n", -1);
  }
}

/*
** Process an "assert( e1 == e2 )" statement.  Always return NULL.
*/
static PObj *pik_assert(Pik *p, PNum e1, PToken *pEq, PNum e2){
  char zE1[100], zE2[100], zMsg[300];

  /* Convert the numbers to strings using %g for comparison.  This
  ** limits the precision of the comparison to account for rounding error. */
  snprintf(zE1, sizeof(zE1), "%g", e1); zE1[sizeof(zE1)-1] = 0;
  snprintf(zE2, sizeof(zE2), "%g", e2); zE1[sizeof(zE2)-1] = 0;
  if( strcmp(zE1,zE2)!=0 ){
    snprintf(zMsg, sizeof(zMsg), "%.50s != %.50s", zE1, zE2);
    pik_error(p, pEq, zMsg);
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Process an "assert( place1 == place2 )" statement.  Always return NULL.
*/
static PObj *pik_position_assert(Pik *p, PPoint *e1, PToken *pEq, PPoint *e2){
  char zE1[100], zE2[100], zMsg[210];

  /* Convert the numbers to strings using %g for comparison.  This
  ** limits the precision of the comparison to account for rounding error. */
  snprintf(zE1, sizeof(zE1), "(%g,%g)", e1->x, e1->y); zE1[sizeof(zE1)-1] = 0;
  snprintf(zE2, sizeof(zE2), "(%g,%g)", e2->x, e2->y); zE1[sizeof(zE2)-1] = 0;
  if( strcmp(zE1,zE2)!=0 ){
    snprintf(zMsg, sizeof(zMsg), "%s != %s", zE1, zE2);
    pik_error(p, pEq, zMsg);
  }
  return 0;
}

/* Free a complete list of objects */
static void pik_elist_free(Pik *p, PList *pList){
  int i;
  if( pList==0 ) return;
  for(i=0; i<pList->n; i++){
    pik_elem_free(p, pList->a[i]);
  }
  free(pList->a);
  free(pList);
  return;
}

/* Free a single object, and its substructure */
static void pik_elem_free(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  if( pObj==0 ) return;
  free(pObj->zName);
  pik_elist_free(p, pObj->pSublist);
  free(pObj->aPath);
  free(pObj);
}

/* Convert a numeric literal into a number.  Return that number.
** There is no error handling because the tokenizer has already
** assured us that the numeric literal is valid.
**
** Allowed number forms:
**
**   (1)    Floating point literal
**   (2)    Same as (1) but followed by a unit: "cm", "mm", "in",
**          "px", "pt", or "pc".
**   (3)    Hex integers: 0x000000
**
** This routine returns the result in inches.  If a different unit
** is specified, the conversion happens automatically.
*/
PNum pik_atof(PToken *num){
  char *endptr;
  PNum ans;
  if( num->n>=3 && num->z[0]=='0' && (num->z[1]=='x'||num->z[1]=='X') ){
    return (PNum)strtol(num->z+2, 0, 16);
  }
  ans = strtod(num->z, &endptr);
  if( (int)(endptr - num->z)==(int)num->n-2 ){
    char c1 = endptr[0];
    char c2 = endptr[1];
    if( c1=='c' && c2=='m' ){
      ans /= 2.54;
    }else if( c1=='m' && c2=='m' ){
      ans /= 25.4;
    }else if( c1=='p' && c2=='x' ){
      ans /= 96;
    }else if( c1=='p' && c2=='t' ){
      ans /= 72;
    }else if( c1=='p' && c2=='c' ){
      ans /= 6;
    }
  }
  return ans;
}

/*
** Compute the distance between two points
*/
static PNum pik_dist(PPoint *pA, PPoint *pB){
  PNum dx, dy;
  dx = pB->x - pA->x;
  dy = pB->y - pA->y;
  return hypot(dx,dy);
}

/* Return true if a bounding box is empty.
*/
static int pik_bbox_isempty(PBox *p){
  return p->sw.x>p->ne.x;
}

/* Return true if point pPt is contained within the bounding box pBox
*/
static int pik_bbox_contains_point(PBox *pBox, PPoint *pPt){
  if( pik_bbox_isempty(pBox) ) return 0;
  if( pPt->x < pBox->sw.x ) return 0;
  if( pPt->x > pBox->ne.x ) return 0;
  if( pPt->y < pBox->sw.y ) return 0;
  if( pPt->y > pBox->ne.y ) return 0;
  return 1;
}

/* Initialize a bounding box to an empty container
*/
static void pik_bbox_init(PBox *p){
  p->sw.x = 1.0;
  p->sw.y = 1.0;
  p->ne.x = 0.0;
  p->ne.y = 0.0;
}

/* Enlarge the PBox of the first argument so that it fully
** covers the second PBox
*/
static void pik_bbox_addbox(PBox *pA, PBox *pB){
  if( pik_bbox_isempty(pA) ){
    *pA = *pB;
  }
  if( pik_bbox_isempty(pB) ) return;
  if( pA->sw.x>pB->sw.x ) pA->sw.x = pB->sw.x;
  if( pA->sw.y>pB->sw.y ) pA->sw.y = pB->sw.y;
  if( pA->ne.x<pB->ne.x ) pA->ne.x = pB->ne.x;
  if( pA->ne.y<pB->ne.y ) pA->ne.y = pB->ne.y;
}

/* Enlarge the PBox of the first argument, if necessary, so that
** it contains the point described by the 2nd and 3rd arguments.
*/
static void pik_bbox_add_xy(PBox *pA, PNum x, PNum y){
  if( pik_bbox_isempty(pA) ){
    pA->ne.x = x;
    pA->ne.y = y;
    pA->sw.x = x;
    pA->sw.y = y;
    return;
  }
  if( pA->sw.x>x ) pA->sw.x = x;
  if( pA->sw.y>y ) pA->sw.y = y;
  if( pA->ne.x<x ) pA->ne.x = x;
  if( pA->ne.y<y ) pA->ne.y = y;
}

/* Enlarge the PBox so that it is able to contain an ellipse
** centered at x,y and with radiuses rx and ry.
*/
static void pik_bbox_addellipse(PBox *pA, PNum x, PNum y, PNum rx, PNum ry){
  if( pik_bbox_isempty(pA) ){
    pA->ne.x = x+rx;
    pA->ne.y = y+ry;
    pA->sw.x = x-rx;
    pA->sw.y = y-ry;
    return;
  }
  if( pA->sw.x>x-rx ) pA->sw.x = x-rx;
  if( pA->sw.y>y-ry ) pA->sw.y = y-ry;
  if( pA->ne.x<x+rx ) pA->ne.x = x+rx;
  if( pA->ne.y<y+ry ) pA->ne.y = y+ry;
}



/* Append a new object onto the end of an object list.  The
** object list is created if it does not already exist.  Return
** the new object list.
*/
static PList *pik_elist_append(Pik *p, PList *pList, PObj *pObj){
  if( pObj==0 ) return pList;
  if( pList==0 ){
    pList = malloc(sizeof(*pList));
    if( pList==0 ){
      pik_error(p, 0, 0);
      pik_elem_free(p, pObj);
      return 0;
    }
    memset(pList, 0, sizeof(*pList));
  }
  if( pList->n>=pList->nAlloc ){
    int nNew = (pList->n+5)*2;
    PObj **pNew = realloc(pList->a, sizeof(PObj*)*nNew);
    if( pNew==0 ){
      pik_error(p, 0, 0);
      pik_elem_free(p, pObj);
      return pList;
    }
    pList->nAlloc = nNew;
    pList->a = pNew;
  }
  pList->a[pList->n++] = pObj;
  p->list = pList;
  return pList;
}

/* Convert an object class name into a PClass pointer
*/
static const PClass *pik_find_class(PToken *pId){
  int first = 0;
  int last = count(aClass) - 1;
  do{
    int mid = (first+last)/2;
    int c = strncmp(aClass[mid].zName, pId->z, pId->n);
    if( c==0 ){
      c = aClass[mid].zName[pId->n]!=0;
      if( c==0 ) return &aClass[mid];
    }
    if( c<0 ){
      first = mid + 1;
    }else{
      last = mid - 1;
    }
  }while( first<=last );
  return 0;
}

/* Allocate and return a new PObj object.
**
** If pId!=0 then pId is an identifier that defines the object class.
** If pStr!=0 then it is a STRING literal that defines a text object.
** If pSublist!=0 then this is a [...] object. If all three parameters
** are NULL then this is a no-op object used to define a PLACENAME.
*/
static PObj *pik_elem_new(Pik *p, PToken *pId, PToken *pStr,PList *pSublist){
  PObj *pNew;
  int miss = 0;

  if( p->nErr ) return 0;
  pNew = malloc( sizeof(*pNew) );
  if( pNew==0 ){
    pik_error(p,0,0);
    pik_elist_free(p, pSublist);
    return 0;
  }
  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));
  p->cur = pNew;
  p->nTPath = 1;
  p->thenFlag = 0;
  if( p->list==0 || p->list->n==0 ){
    pNew->ptAt.x = pNew->ptAt.y = 0.0;
    pNew->eWith = CP_C;
  }else{
    PObj *pPrior = p->list->a[p->list->n-1];
    pNew->ptAt = pPrior->ptExit;
    switch( p->eDir ){
      default:         pNew->eWith = CP_W;   break;
      case DIR_LEFT:   pNew->eWith = CP_E;   break;
      case DIR_UP:     pNew->eWith = CP_S;   break;
      case DIR_DOWN:   pNew->eWith = CP_N;   break;
    }
  }
  p->aTPath[0] = pNew->ptAt;
  pNew->with = pNew->ptAt;
  pNew->outDir = pNew->inDir = p->eDir;
  pNew->iLayer = pik_value_int(p, "layer", 5, &miss);
  if( miss ) pNew->iLayer = 1000;
  if( pNew->iLayer<0 ) pNew->iLayer = 0;
  if( pSublist ){
    pNew->type = &sublistClass;
    pNew->pSublist = pSublist;
    sublistClass.xInit(p,pNew);
    return pNew;
  }
  if( pStr ){
    PToken n;
    n.z = "text";
    n.n = 4;
    pNew->type = pik_find_class(&n);
    assert( pNew->type!=0 );
    pNew->errTok = *pStr;
    pNew->type->xInit(p, pNew);
    pik_add_txt(p, pStr, pStr->eCode);
    return pNew;
  }
  if( pId ){
    const PClass *pClass;
    pNew->errTok = *pId;
    pClass = pik_find_class(pId);
    if( pClass ){
      pNew->type = pClass;
      pNew->sw = pik_value(p, "thickness",9,0);
      pNew->fill = pik_value(p, "fill",4,0);
      pNew->color = pik_value(p, "color",5,0);
      pClass->xInit(p, pNew);
      return pNew;
    }
    pik_error(p, pId, "unknown object type");
    pik_elem_free(p, pNew);
    return 0;
  }
  pNew->type = &noopClass;
  pNew->ptExit = pNew->ptEnter = pNew->ptAt;
  return pNew;
}

/*
** If the ID token in the argument is the name of a macro, return
** the PMacro object for that macro
*/
static PMacro *pik_find_macro(Pik *p, PToken *pId){
  PMacro *pMac;
  for(pMac = p->pMacros; pMac; pMac=pMac->pNext){
    if( pMac->macroName.n==pId->n
     && strncmp(pMac->macroName.z,pId->z,pId->n)==0
    ){
      return pMac;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/* Add a new macro
*/
static void pik_add_macro(
  Pik *p,          /* Current Pikchr diagram */
  PToken *pId,     /* The ID token that defines the macro name */
  PToken *pCode    /* Macro body inside of {...} */
){
  PMacro *pNew = pik_find_macro(p, pId);
  if( pNew==0 ){
    pNew = malloc( sizeof(*pNew) );
    if( pNew==0 ){
      pik_error(p, 0, 0);
      return;
    }
    pNew->pNext = p->pMacros;
    p->pMacros = pNew;
    pNew->macroName = *pId;
  }
  pNew->macroBody.z = pCode->z+1;
  pNew->macroBody.n = pCode->n-2;
  pNew->inUse = 0;
}


/*
** Set the output direction and exit point for an object
*/
static void pik_elem_set_exit(PObj *pObj, int eDir){
  assert( ValidDir(eDir) );
  pObj->outDir = eDir;
  if( !pObj->type->isLine || pObj->bClose ){
    pObj->ptExit = pObj->ptAt;
    switch( pObj->outDir ){
      default:         pObj->ptExit.x += pObj->w*0.5;  break;
      case DIR_LEFT:   pObj->ptExit.x -= pObj->w*0.5;  break;
      case DIR_UP:     pObj->ptExit.y += pObj->h*0.5;  break;
      case DIR_DOWN:   pObj->ptExit.y -= pObj->h*0.5;  break;
    }
  }
}

/* Change the layout direction.
*/
static void pik_set_direction(Pik *p, int eDir){
  assert( ValidDir(eDir) );
  p->eDir = (unsigned char)eDir;

  /* It seems to make sense to reach back into the last object and
  ** change its exit point (its ".end") to correspond to the new
  ** direction.  Things just seem to work better this way.  However,
  ** legacy PIC does *not* do this.
  **
  ** The difference can be seen in a script like this:
  **
  **      arrow; circle; down; arrow
  **
  ** You can make pikchr render the above exactly like PIC
  ** by deleting the following three lines.  But I (drh) think
  ** it works better with those lines in place.
  */
  if( p->list && p->list->n ){
    pik_elem_set_exit(p->list->a[p->list->n-1], eDir);
  }
}

/* Move all coordinates contained within an object (and within its
** substructure) by dx, dy
*/
static void pik_elem_move(PObj *pObj, PNum dx, PNum dy){
  int i;
  pObj->ptAt.x += dx;
  pObj->ptAt.y += dy;
  pObj->ptEnter.x += dx;
  pObj->ptEnter.y += dy;
  pObj->ptExit.x += dx;
  pObj->ptExit.y += dy;
  pObj->bbox.ne.x += dx;
  pObj->bbox.ne.y += dy;
  pObj->bbox.sw.x += dx;
  pObj->bbox.sw.y += dy;
  for(i=0; i<pObj->nPath; i++){
    pObj->aPath[i].x += dx;
    pObj->aPath[i].y += dy;
  }
  if( pObj->pSublist ){
    pik_elist_move(pObj->pSublist, dx, dy);
  }
}
static void pik_elist_move(PList *pList, PNum dx, PNum dy){
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<pList->n; i++){
    pik_elem_move(pList->a[i], dx, dy);
  }
}

/*
** Check to see if it is ok to set the value of paraemeter mThis.
** Return 0 if it is ok. If it not ok, generate an appropriate
** error message and return non-zero.
**
** Flags are set in pObj so that the same object or conflicting
** objects may not be set again.
**
** To be ok, bit mThis must be clear and no more than one of
** the bits identified by mBlockers may be set.
*/
static int pik_param_ok(
  Pik *p,             /* For storing the error message (if any) */
  PObj *pObj,       /* The object under construction */
  PToken *pId,        /* Make the error point to this token */
  int mThis           /* Value we are trying to set */
){
  if( pObj->mProp & mThis ){
    pik_error(p, pId, "value is already set");
    return 1;
  }
  if( pObj->mCalc & mThis ){
    pik_error(p, pId, "value already fixed by prior constraints");
    return 1;
  }
  pObj->mProp |= mThis;
  return 0;
}


/*
** Set a numeric property like "width 7" or "radius 200%".
**
** The rAbs term is an absolute value to add in.  rRel is
** a relative value by which to change the current value.
*/
void pik_set_numprop(Pik *p, PToken *pId, PRel *pVal){
  PObj *pObj = p->cur;
  switch( pId->eType ){
    case T_HEIGHT:
      if( pik_param_ok(p, pObj, pId, A_HEIGHT) ) return;
      pObj->h = pObj->h*pVal->rRel + pVal->rAbs;
      break;
    case T_WIDTH:
      if( pik_param_ok(p, pObj, pId, A_WIDTH) ) return;
      pObj->w = pObj->w*pVal->rRel + pVal->rAbs;
      break;
    case T_RADIUS:
      if( pik_param_ok(p, pObj, pId, A_RADIUS) ) return;
      pObj->rad = pObj->rad*pVal->rRel + pVal->rAbs;
      break;
    case T_DIAMETER:
      if( pik_param_ok(p, pObj, pId, A_RADIUS) ) return;
      pObj->rad = pObj->rad*pVal->rRel + 0.5*pVal->rAbs; /* diam it 2x rad */
      break;
    case T_THICKNESS:
      if( pik_param_ok(p, pObj, pId, A_THICKNESS) ) return;
      pObj->sw = pObj->sw*pVal->rRel + pVal->rAbs;
      break;
  }
  if( pObj->type->xNumProp ){
    pObj->type->xNumProp(p, pObj, pId);
  }
  return;
}

/*
** Set a color property.  The argument is an RGB value.
*/
void pik_set_clrprop(Pik *p, PToken *pId, PNum rClr){
  PObj *pObj = p->cur;
  switch( pId->eType ){
    case T_FILL:
      if( pik_param_ok(p, pObj, pId, A_FILL) ) return;
      pObj->fill = rClr;
      break;
    case T_COLOR:
      if( pik_param_ok(p, pObj, pId, A_COLOR) ) return;
      pObj->color = rClr;
      break;
  }
  if( pObj->type->xNumProp ){
    pObj->type->xNumProp(p, pObj, pId);
  }
  return;
}

/*
** Set a "dashed" property like "dash 0.05"
**
** Use the value supplied by pVal if available.  If pVal==0, use
** a default.
*/
void pik_set_dashed(Pik *p, PToken *pId, PNum *pVal){
  PObj *pObj = p->cur;
  PNum v;
  switch( pId->eType ){
    case T_DOTTED:  {
      v = pVal==0 ? pik_value(p,"dashwid",7,0) : *pVal;
      pObj->dotted = v;
      pObj->dashed = 0.0;
      break;
    }
    case T_DASHED:  {
      v = pVal==0 ? pik_value(p,"dashwid",7,0) : *pVal;
      pObj->dashed = v;
      pObj->dotted = 0.0;
      break;
    }
  }
}

/*
** If the current path information came from a "same" or "same as"
** reset it.
*/
static void pik_reset_samepath(Pik *p){
  if( p->samePath ){
    p->samePath = 0;
    p->nTPath = 1;
  }
}


/* Add a new term to the path for a line-oriented object by transferring
** the information in the ptTo field over onto the path and into ptFrom
** resetting the ptTo.
*/
static void pik_then(Pik *p, PToken *pToken, PObj *pObj){
  int n;
  if( !pObj->type->isLine ){
    pik_error(p, pToken, "use with line-oriented objects only");
    return;
  }
  n = p->nTPath - 1;
  if( n<1 && (pObj->mProp & A_FROM)==0 ){
    pik_error(p, pToken, "no prior path points");
    return;
  }
  p->thenFlag = 1;
}

/* Advance to the next entry in p->aTPath.  Return its index.
*/
static int pik_next_rpath(Pik *p, PToken *pErr){
  int n = p->nTPath - 1;
  if( n+1>=(int)count(p->aTPath) ){
    pik_error(0, pErr, "too many path elements");
    return n;
  }
  n++;
  p->nTPath++;
  p->aTPath[n] = p->aTPath[n-1];
  p->mTPath = 0;
  return n;
}

/* Add a direction term to an object.  "up 0.5", or "left 3", or "down"
** or "down 50%".
*/
static void pik_add_direction(Pik *p, PToken *pDir, PRel *pVal){
  PObj *pObj = p->cur;
  int n;
  int dir;
  if( !pObj->type->isLine ){
    if( pDir ){
      pik_error(p, pDir, "use with line-oriented objects only");
    }else{
      PToken x = pik_next_semantic_token(&pObj->errTok);
      pik_error(p, &x, "syntax error");
    }
    return;
  }
  pik_reset_samepath(p);
  n = p->nTPath - 1;
  if( p->thenFlag || p->mTPath==3 || n==0 ){
    n = pik_next_rpath(p, pDir);
    p->thenFlag = 0;
  }
  dir = pDir ? pDir->eCode : p->eDir;
  switch( dir ){
    case DIR_UP:
       if( p->mTPath & 2 ) n = pik_next_rpath(p, pDir);
       p->aTPath[n].y += pVal->rAbs + pObj->h*pVal->rRel;
       p->mTPath |= 2;
       break;
    case DIR_DOWN:
       if( p->mTPath & 2 ) n = pik_next_rpath(p, pDir);
       p->aTPath[n].y -= pVal->rAbs + pObj->h*pVal->rRel;
       p->mTPath |= 2;
       break;
    case DIR_RIGHT:
       if( p->mTPath & 1 ) n = pik_next_rpath(p, pDir);
       p->aTPath[n].x += pVal->rAbs + pObj->w*pVal->rRel;
       p->mTPath |= 1;
       break;
    case DIR_LEFT:
       if( p->mTPath & 1 ) n = pik_next_rpath(p, pDir);
       p->aTPath[n].x -= pVal->rAbs + pObj->w*pVal->rRel;
       p->mTPath |= 1;
       break;
  }
  pObj->outDir = dir;
}

/* Process a movement attribute of one of these forms:
**
**         pDist   pHdgKW  rHdg    pEdgept
**     GO distance HEADING angle
**     GO distance               compasspoint
*/
static void pik_move_hdg(
  Pik *p,              /* The Pikchr context */
  PRel *pDist,         /* Distance to move */
  PToken *pHeading,    /* "heading" keyword if present */
  PNum rHdg,           /* Angle argument to "heading" keyword */
  PToken *pEdgept,     /* EDGEPT keyword "ne", "sw", etc... */
  PToken *pErr         /* Token to use for error messages */
){
  PObj *pObj = p->cur;
  int n;
  PNum rDist = pDist->rAbs + pik_value(p,"linewid",7,0)*pDist->rRel;
  if( !pObj->type->isLine ){
    pik_error(p, pErr, "use with line-oriented objects only");
    return;
  }
  pik_reset_samepath(p);
  do{
    n = pik_next_rpath(p, pErr);
  }while( n<1 );
  if( pHeading ){
    rHdg = fmod(rHdg,360.0);
  }else if( pEdgept->eEdge==CP_C ){
    pik_error(p, pEdgept, "syntax error");
    return;
  }else{
    rHdg = pik_hdg_angle[pEdgept->eEdge];
  }
  if( rHdg<=45.0 ){
    pObj->outDir = DIR_UP;
  }else if( rHdg<=135.0 ){
    pObj->outDir = DIR_RIGHT;
  }else if( rHdg<=225.0 ){
    pObj->outDir = DIR_DOWN;
  }else if( rHdg<=315.0 ){
    pObj->outDir = DIR_LEFT;
  }else{
    pObj->outDir = DIR_UP;
  }
  rHdg *= 0.017453292519943295769;  /* degrees to radians */
  p->aTPath[n].x += rDist*sin(rHdg);
  p->aTPath[n].y += rDist*cos(rHdg);
  p->mTPath = 2;
}


/* Process a movement attribute of the form "right until even with ..."
**
** pDir is the first keyword, "right" or "left" or "up" or "down".
** The movement is in that direction until its closest approach to
** the point specified by pPoint.
*/
static void pik_evenwith(Pik *p, PToken *pDir, PPoint *pPlace){
  PObj *pObj = p->cur;
  int n;
  if( !pObj->type->isLine ){
    pik_error(p, pDir, "use with line-oriented objects only");
    return;
  }
  pik_reset_samepath(p);
  n = p->nTPath - 1;
  if( p->thenFlag || p->mTPath==3 || n==0 ){
    n = pik_next_rpath(p, pDir);
    p->thenFlag = 0;
  }
  switch( pDir->eCode ){
    case DIR_DOWN:
    case DIR_UP:
       if( p->mTPath & 2 ) n = pik_next_rpath(p, pDir);
       p->aTPath[n].y = pPlace->y;
       p->mTPath |= 2;
       break;
    case DIR_RIGHT:
    case DIR_LEFT:
       if( p->mTPath & 1 ) n = pik_next_rpath(p, pDir);
       p->aTPath[n].x = pPlace->x;
       p->mTPath |= 1;
       break;
  }
  pObj->outDir = pDir->eCode;
}

/* If the last referenced object is centered at point pPt then return
** a pointer to that object.  If there is no prior object reference,
** or if the points are not the same, return NULL.
**
** This is a side-channel hack used to find the objects at which a
** line begins and ends.  For example, in
**
**        arrow from OBJ1 to OBJ2 chop
**
** The arrow object is normally just handed the coordinates of the
** centers for OBJ1 and OBJ2.  But we also want to know the specific
** object named in case there are multiple objects centered at the
** same point.
**
** See forum post 1d46e3a0bc
*/
static PObj *pik_last_ref_object(Pik *p, PPoint *pPt){
  PObj *pRes = 0;
  if( p->lastRef==0 ) return 0;
  if( p->lastRef->ptAt.x==pPt->x
   && p->lastRef->ptAt.y==pPt->y
  ){
    pRes = p->lastRef;
  }
  p->lastRef = 0;
  return pRes;
}

/* Set the "from" of an object
*/
static void pik_set_from(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, PToken *pTk, PPoint *pPt){
  if( !pObj->type->isLine ){
    pik_error(p, pTk, "use \"at\" to position this object");
    return;
  }
  if( pObj->mProp & A_FROM ){
    pik_error(p, pTk, "line start location already fixed");
    return;
  }
  if( pObj->bClose ){
    pik_error(p, pTk, "polygon is closed");
    return;
  }
  if( p->nTPath>1 ){
    PNum dx = pPt->x - p->aTPath[0].x;
    PNum dy = pPt->y - p->aTPath[0].y;
    int i;
    for(i=1; i<p->nTPath; i++){
      p->aTPath[i].x += dx;
      p->aTPath[i].y += dy;
    }
  }
  p->aTPath[0] = *pPt;
  p->mTPath = 3;
  pObj->mProp |= A_FROM;
  pObj->pFrom = pik_last_ref_object(p, pPt);
}

/* Set the "to" of an object
*/
static void pik_add_to(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, PToken *pTk, PPoint *pPt){
  int n = p->nTPath-1;
  if( !pObj->type->isLine ){
    pik_error(p, pTk, "use \"at\" to position this object");
    return;
  }
  if( pObj->bClose ){
    pik_error(p, pTk, "polygon is closed");
    return;
  }
  pik_reset_samepath(p);
  if( n==0 || p->mTPath==3 || p->thenFlag ){
    n = pik_next_rpath(p, pTk);
  }
  p->aTPath[n] = *pPt;
  p->mTPath = 3;
  pObj->pTo = pik_last_ref_object(p, pPt);
}

static void pik_close_path(Pik *p, PToken *pErr){
  PObj *pObj = p->cur;
  if( p->nTPath<3 ){
    pik_error(p, pErr,
      "need at least 3 vertexes in order to close the polygon");
    return;
  }
  if( pObj->bClose ){
    pik_error(p, pErr, "polygon already closed");
    return;
  }
  pObj->bClose = 1;
}

/* Lower the layer of the current object so that it is behind the
** given object.
*/
static void pik_behind(Pik *p, PObj *pOther){
  PObj *pObj = p->cur;
  if( p->nErr==0 && pObj->iLayer>=pOther->iLayer ){
    pObj->iLayer = pOther->iLayer - 1;
  }
}


/* Set the "at" of an object
*/
static void pik_set_at(Pik *p, PToken *pEdge, PPoint *pAt, PToken *pErrTok){
  PObj *pObj;
  static unsigned char eDirToCp[] = { CP_E, CP_S, CP_W, CP_N };
  if( p->nErr ) return;
  pObj = p->cur;

  if( pObj->type->isLine ){
    pik_error(p, pErrTok, "use \"from\" and \"to\" to position this object");
    return;
  }
  if( pObj->mProp & A_AT ){
    pik_error(p, pErrTok, "location fixed by prior \"at\"");
    return;
  }
  pObj->mProp |= A_AT;
  pObj->eWith = pEdge ? pEdge->eEdge : CP_C;
  if( pObj->eWith>=CP_END ){
    int dir = pObj->eWith==CP_END ? pObj->outDir : pObj->inDir;
    pObj->eWith = eDirToCp[dir];
  }
  pObj->with = *pAt;
}

/*
** Try to add a text attribute to an object
*/
static void pik_add_txt(Pik *p, PToken *pTxt, int iPos){
  PObj *pObj = p->cur;
  PToken *pT;
  if( pObj->nTxt >= count(pObj->aTxt) ){
    pik_error(p, pTxt, "too many text terms");
    return;
  }
  pT = &pObj->aTxt[pObj->nTxt++];
  *pT = *pTxt;
  pT->eCode = (short)iPos;
}

/* Merge "text-position" flags
*/
static int pik_text_position(int iPrev, PToken *pFlag){
  int iRes = iPrev;
  switch( pFlag->eType ){
    case T_LJUST:    iRes = (iRes&~TP_JMASK) | TP_LJUST;  break;
    case T_RJUST:    iRes = (iRes&~TP_JMASK) | TP_RJUST;  break;
    case T_ABOVE:    iRes = (iRes&~TP_VMASK) | TP_ABOVE;  break;
    case T_CENTER:   iRes = (iRes&~TP_VMASK) | TP_CENTER; break;
    case T_BELOW:    iRes = (iRes&~TP_VMASK) | TP_BELOW;  break;
    case T_ITALIC:   iRes |= TP_ITALIC;                   break;
    case T_BOLD:     iRes |= TP_BOLD;                     break;
    case T_MONO:     iRes |= TP_MONO;                     break;
    case T_ALIGNED:  iRes |= TP_ALIGN;                    break;
    case T_BIG:      if( iRes & TP_BIG ) iRes |= TP_XTRA;
                     else iRes = (iRes &~TP_SZMASK)|TP_BIG;   break;
    case T_SMALL:    if( iRes & TP_SMALL ) iRes |= TP_XTRA;
                     else iRes = (iRes &~TP_SZMASK)|TP_SMALL; break;
  }
  return iRes;
}

/*
** Table of scale-factor estimates for variable-width characters.
** Actual character widths vary by font.  These numbers are only
** guesses.  And this table only provides data for ASCII.
**
** 100 means normal width.
*/
static const unsigned char awChar[] = {
  /* Skip initial 32 control characters */
  /* ' ' */  45,
  /* '!' */  55,
  /* '"' */  62,
  /* '#' */  115,
  /* '$' */  90,
  /* '%' */  132,
  /* '&' */  125,
  /* '\''*/  40,

  /* '(' */  55,
  /* ')' */  55,
  /* '*' */  71,
  /* '+' */  115,
  /* ',' */  45,
  /* '-' */  48,
  /* '.' */  45,
  /* '/' */  50,

  /* '0' */  91,
  /* '1' */  91,
  /* '2' */  91,
  /* '3' */  91,
  /* '4' */  91,
  /* '5' */  91,
  /* '6' */  91,
  /* '7' */  91,

  /* '8' */  91,
  /* '9' */  91,
  /* ':' */  50,
  /* ';' */  50,
  /* '<' */ 120,
  /* '=' */ 120,
  /* '>' */ 120,
  /* '?' */  78,

  /* '@' */ 142,
  /* 'A' */ 102,
  /* 'B' */ 105,
  /* 'C' */ 110,
  /* 'D' */ 115,
  /* 'E' */ 105,
  /* 'F' */  98,
  /* 'G' */ 105,

  /* 'H' */ 125,
  /* 'I' */  58,
  /* 'J' */  58,
  /* 'K' */ 107,
  /* 'L' */  95,
  /* 'M' */ 145,
  /* 'N' */ 125,
  /* 'O' */ 115,

  /* 'P' */  95,
  /* 'Q' */ 115,
  /* 'R' */ 107,
  /* 'S' */  95,
  /* 'T' */  97,
  /* 'U' */ 118,
  /* 'V' */ 102,
  /* 'W' */ 150,

  /* 'X' */ 100,
  /* 'Y' */  93,
  /* 'Z' */ 100,
  /* '[' */  58,
  /* '\\'*/  50,
  /* ']' */  58,
  /* '^' */ 119,
  /* '_' */  72,

  /* '`' */  72,
  /* 'a' */  86,
  /* 'b' */  92,
  /* 'c' */  80,
  /* 'd' */  92,
  /* 'e' */  85,
  /* 'f' */  52,
  /* 'g' */  92,

  /* 'h' */  92,
  /* 'i' */  47,
  /* 'j' */  47,
  /* 'k' */  88,
  /* 'l' */  48,
  /* 'm' */ 135,
  /* 'n' */  92,
  /* 'o' */  86,

  /* 'p' */  92,
  /* 'q' */  92,
  /* 'r' */  69,
  /* 's' */  75,
  /* 't' */  58,
  /* 'u' */  92,
  /* 'v' */  80,
  /* 'w' */ 121,

  /* 'x' */  81,
  /* 'y' */  80,
  /* 'z' */  76,
  /* '{' */  91,
  /* '|'*/   49,
  /* '}' */  91,
  /* '~' */ 118,
};

/* Return an estimate of the width of the displayed characters
** in a character string.  The returned value is 100 times the
** average character width.
**
** Omit "\" used to escape characters.  And count entities like
** "&lt;" as a single character.  Multi-byte UTF8 characters count
** as a single character.
**
** Unless using a monospaced font, attempt to scale the answer by
** the actual characters seen.  Wide characters count more than
** narrow characters. But the widths are only guesses.
**
*/
static int pik_text_length(const PToken *pToken, const int isMonospace){
  const int stdAvg=100, monoAvg=82;
  int n = pToken->n;
  const char *z = pToken->z;
  int cnt, j;
  for(j=1, cnt=0; j<n-1; j++){
    char c = z[j];
    if( c=='\\' && z[j+1]!='&' ){
      c = z[++j];
    }else if( c=='&' ){
      int k;
      for(k=j+1; k<j+7 && z[k]!=0 && z[k]!=';'; k++){}
      if( z[k]==';' ) j = k;
      cnt += (isMonospace ? monoAvg : stdAvg) * 3 / 2;
      continue;
    }
    if( (c & 0xc0)==0xc0 ){
      while( j+1<n-1 && (z[j+1]&0xc0)==0x80 ){ j++; }
      cnt += isMonospace ? monoAvg : stdAvg;
      continue;
    }
    if( isMonospace ){
      cnt += monoAvg;
    }else if( c >= 0x20 && c <= 0x7e ){
      cnt += awChar[c-0x20];
    }else{
      cnt += stdAvg;
    }
  }
  return cnt;
}

/* Adjust the width, height, and/or radius of the object so that
** it fits around the text that has been added so far.
**
**    (1) Only text specified prior to this attribute is considered.
**    (2) The text size is estimated based on the charht and charwid
**        variable settings.
**    (3) The fitted attributes can be changed again after this
**        attribute, for example using "width 110%" if this auto-fit
**        underestimates the text size.
**    (4) Previously set attributes will not be altered.  In other words,
**        "width 1in fit" might cause the height to change, but the
**        width is now set.
**    (5) This only works for attributes that have an xFit method.
**
** The eWhich parameter is:
**
**    1:   Fit horizontally only
**    2:   Fit vertically only
**    3:   Fit both ways
*/
static void pik_size_to_fit(Pik *p, PToken *pFit, int eWhich){
  PObj *pObj;
  PNum w, h;
  PBox bbox;
  if( p->nErr ) return;
  pObj = p->cur;

  if( pObj->nTxt==0 ){
    pik_error(0, pFit, "no text to fit to");
    return;
  }
  if( pObj->type->xFit==0 ) return;
  pik_bbox_init(&bbox);
  pik_compute_layout_settings(p);
  pik_append_txt(p, pObj, &bbox);
  w = (eWhich & 1)!=0 ? (bbox.ne.x - bbox.sw.x) + p->charWidth : 0;
  if( eWhich & 2 ){
    PNum h1, h2;
    h1 = (bbox.ne.y - pObj->ptAt.y);
    h2 = (pObj->ptAt.y - bbox.sw.y);
    h = 2.0*( h1<h2 ? h2 : h1 ) + 0.5*p->charHeight;
  }else{
    h = 0;
  }
  pObj->type->xFit(p, pObj, w, h);
  pObj->mProp |= A_FIT;
}

/* Set a local variable name to "val".
**
** The name might be a built-in variable or a color name.  In either case,
** a new application-defined variable is set.  Since app-defined variables
** are searched first, this will override any built-in variables.
*/
static void pik_set_var(Pik *p, PToken *pId, PNum val, PToken *pOp){
  PVar *pVar = p->pVar;
  while( pVar ){
    if( pik_token_eq(pId,pVar->zName)==0 ) break;
    pVar = pVar->pNext;
  }
  if( pVar==0 ){
    char *z;
    pVar = malloc( pId->n+1 + sizeof(*pVar) );
    if( pVar==0 ){
      pik_error(p, 0, 0);
      return;
    }
    pVar->zName = z = (char*)&pVar[1];
    memcpy(z, pId->z, pId->n);
    z[pId->n] = 0;
    pVar->pNext = p->pVar;
    pVar->val = pik_value(p, pId->z, pId->n, 0);
    p->pVar = pVar;
  }
  switch( pOp->eCode ){
    case T_PLUS:  pVar->val += val; break;
    case T_STAR:  pVar->val *= val; break;
    case T_MINUS: pVar->val -= val; break;
    case T_SLASH:
      if( val==0.0 ){
        pik_error(p, pOp, "division by zero");
      }else{
        pVar->val /= val;
      }
      break;
    default:      pVar->val = val; break;
  }
  p->bLayoutVars = 0;  /* Clear the layout setting cache */
}

/*
** Round a PNum into the nearest integer
*/
static int pik_round(PNum v){
  if( isnan(v) ) return 0;
  if( v < -2147483647 ) return (-2147483647-1);
  if( v >= 2147483647 ) return 2147483647;
  return (int)v;
}

/*
** Search for the variable named z[0..n-1] in:
**
**   * Application defined variables
**   * Built-in variables
**
** Return the value of the variable if found.  If not found
** return 0.0.  Also if pMiss is not NULL, then set it to 1
** if not found.
**
** This routine is a subroutine to pik_get_var().  But it is also
** used by object implementations to look up (possibly overwritten)
** values for built-in variables like "boxwid".
*/
static PNum pik_value(Pik *p, const char *z, int n, int *pMiss){
  PVar *pVar;
  int first, last, mid, c;
  for(pVar=p->pVar; pVar; pVar=pVar->pNext){
    if( strncmp(pVar->zName,z,n)==0 && pVar->zName[n]==0 ){
      return pVar->val;
    }
  }
  first = 0;
  last = count(aBuiltin)-1;
  while( first<=last ){
    mid = (first+last)/2;
    c = strncmp(z,aBuiltin[mid].zName,n);
    if( c==0 && aBuiltin[mid].zName[n] ) c = 1;
    if( c==0 ) return aBuiltin[mid].val;
    if( c>0 ){
      first = mid+1;
    }else{
      last = mid-1;
    }
  }
  if( pMiss ) *pMiss = 1;
  return 0.0;
}
static int pik_value_int(Pik *p, const char *z, int n, int *pMiss){
  return pik_round(pik_value(p,z,n,pMiss));
}

/*
** Look up a color-name.  Unlike other names in this program, the
** color-names are not case sensitive.  So "DarkBlue" and "darkblue"
** and "DARKBLUE" all find the same value (139).
**
** If not found, return -99.0.  Also post an error if p!=NULL.
**
** Special color names "None" and "Off" return -1.0 without causing
** an error.
*/
static PNum pik_lookup_color(Pik *p, PToken *pId){
  int first, last, mid, c = 0;
  first = 0;
  last = count(aColor)-1;
  while( first<=last ){
    const char *zClr;
    int c1, c2;
    unsigned int i;
    mid = (first+last)/2;
    zClr = aColor[mid].zName;
    for(i=0; i<pId->n; i++){
      c1 = zClr[i]&0x7f;
      if( isupper(c1) ) c1 = tolower(c1);
      c2 = pId->z[i]&0x7f;
      if( isupper(c2) ) c2 = tolower(c2);
      c = c2 - c1;
      if( c ) break;
    }
    if( c==0 && aColor[mid].zName[pId->n] ) c = -1;
    if( c==0 ) return (double)aColor[mid].val;
    if( c>0 ){
      first = mid+1;
    }else{
      last = mid-1;
    }
  }
  if( p ) pik_error(p, pId, "not a known color name");
  return -99.0;
}

/* Get the value of a variable.
**
** Search in order:
**
**    *  Application defined variables
**    *  Built-in variables
**    *  Color names
**
** If no such variable is found, throw an error.
*/
static PNum pik_get_var(Pik *p, PToken *pId){
  int miss = 0;
  PNum v = pik_value(p, pId->z, pId->n, &miss);
  if( miss==0 ) return v;
  v = pik_lookup_color(0, pId);
  if( v>-90.0 ) return v;
  pik_error(p,pId,"no such variable");
  return 0.0;
}

/* Convert a T_NTH token (ex: "2nd", "5th"} into a numeric value and
** return that value.  Throw an error if the value is too big.
*/
static short int pik_nth_value(Pik *p, PToken *pNth){
  int i = atoi(pNth->z);
  if( i>1000 ){
    pik_error(p, pNth, "value too big - max '1000th'");
    i = 1;
  }
  if( i==0 && pik_token_eq(pNth,"first")==0 ) i = 1;
  return (short int)i;
}

/* Search for the NTH object.
**
** If pBasis is not NULL then it should be a [] object.  Use the
** sublist of that [] object for the search.  If pBasis is not a []
** object, then throw an error.
**
** The pNth token describes the N-th search.  The pNth->eCode value
** is one more than the number of items to skip.  It is negative
** to search backwards.  If pNth->eType==T_ID, then it is the name
** of a class to search for.  If pNth->eType==T_LB, then
** search for a [] object.  If pNth->eType==T_LAST, then search for
** any type.
**
** Raise an error if the item is not found.
*/
static PObj *pik_find_nth(Pik *p, PObj *pBasis, PToken *pNth){
  PList *pList;
  int i, n;
  const PClass *pClass;
  if( pBasis==0 ){
    pList = p->list;
  }else{
    pList = pBasis->pSublist;
  }
  if( pList==0 ){
    pik_error(p, pNth, "no such object");
    return 0;
  }
  if( pNth->eType==T_LAST ){
    pClass = 0;
  }else if( pNth->eType==T_LB ){
    pClass = &sublistClass;
  }else{
    pClass = pik_find_class(pNth);
    if( pClass==0 ){
      pik_error(0, pNth, "no such object type");
      return 0;
    }
  }
  n = pNth->eCode;
  if( n<0 ){
    for(i=pList->n-1; i>=0; i--){
      PObj *pObj = pList->a[i];
      if( pClass && pObj->type!=pClass ) continue;
      n++;
      if( n==0 ){ return pObj; }
    }
  }else{
    for(i=0; i<pList->n; i++){
      PObj *pObj = pList->a[i];
      if( pClass && pObj->type!=pClass ) continue;
      n--;
      if( n==0 ){ return pObj; }
    }
  }
  pik_error(p, pNth, "no such object");
  return 0;
}

/* Search for an object by name.
**
** Search in pBasis->pSublist if pBasis is not NULL.  If pBasis is NULL
** then search in p->list.
*/
static PObj *pik_find_byname(Pik *p, PObj *pBasis, PToken *pName){
  PList *pList;
  int i, j;
  if( pBasis==0 ){
    pList = p->list;
  }else{
    pList = pBasis->pSublist;
  }
  if( pList==0 ){
    pik_error(p, pName, "no such object");
    return 0;
  }
  /* First look explicitly tagged objects */
  for(i=pList->n-1; i>=0; i--){
    PObj *pObj = pList->a[i];
    if( pObj->zName && pik_token_eq(pName,pObj->zName)==0 ){
      p->lastRef = pObj;
      return pObj;
    }
  }
  /* If not found, do a second pass looking for any object containing
  ** text which exactly matches pName */
  for(i=pList->n-1; i>=0; i--){
    PObj *pObj = pList->a[i];
    for(j=0; j<pObj->nTxt; j++){
      if( pObj->aTxt[j].n==pName->n+2
       && memcmp(pObj->aTxt[j].z+1,pName->z,pName->n)==0 ){
        p->lastRef = pObj;
        return pObj;
      }
    }
  }
  pik_error(p, pName, "no such object");
  return 0;
}

/* Change most of the settings for the current object to be the
** same as the pOther object, or the most recent object of the same
** type if pOther is NULL.
*/
static void pik_same(Pik *p, PObj *pOther, PToken *pErrTok){
  PObj *pObj = p->cur;
  if( p->nErr ) return;
  if( pOther==0 ){
    int i;
    for(i=(p->list ? p->list->n : 0)-1; i>=0; i--){
      pOther = p->list->a[i];
      if( pOther->type==pObj->type ) break;
    }
    if( i<0 ){
      pik_error(p, pErrTok, "no prior objects of the same type");
      return;
    }
  }
  if( pOther->nPath && pObj->type->isLine ){
    PNum dx, dy;
    int i;
    dx = p->aTPath[0].x - pOther->aPath[0].x;
    dy = p->aTPath[0].y - pOther->aPath[0].y;
    for(i=1; i<pOther->nPath; i++){
      p->aTPath[i].x = pOther->aPath[i].x + dx;
      p->aTPath[i].y = pOther->aPath[i].y + dy;
    }
    p->nTPath = pOther->nPath;
    p->mTPath = 3;
    p->samePath = 1;
  }
  if( !pObj->type->isLine ){
    pObj->w = pOther->w;
    pObj->h = pOther->h;
  }
  pObj->rad = pOther->rad;
  pObj->sw = pOther->sw;
  pObj->dashed = pOther->dashed;
  pObj->dotted = pOther->dotted;
  pObj->fill = pOther->fill;
  pObj->color = pOther->color;
  pObj->cw = pOther->cw;
  pObj->larrow = pOther->larrow;
  pObj->rarrow = pOther->rarrow;
  pObj->bClose = pOther->bClose;
  pObj->bChop = pOther->bChop;
  pObj->iLayer = pOther->iLayer;
}


/* Return a "Place" associated with object pObj.  If pEdge is NULL
** return the center of the object.  Otherwise, return the corner
** described by pEdge.
*/
static PPoint pik_place_of_elem(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, PToken *pEdge){
  PPoint pt = cZeroPoint;
  const PClass *pClass;
  if( pObj==0 ) return pt;
  if( pEdge==0 ){
    return pObj->ptAt;
  }
  pClass = pObj->type;
  if( pEdge->eType==T_EDGEPT || (pEdge->eEdge>0 && pEdge->eEdge<CP_END) ){
    pt = pClass->xOffset(p, pObj, pEdge->eEdge);
    pt.x += pObj->ptAt.x;
    pt.y += pObj->ptAt.y;
    return pt;
  }
  if( pEdge->eType==T_START ){
    return pObj->ptEnter;
  }else{
    return pObj->ptExit;
  }
}

/* Do a linear interpolation of two positions.
*/
static PPoint pik_position_between(PNum x, PPoint p1, PPoint p2){
  PPoint out;
  out.x = p2.x*x + p1.x*(1.0 - x);
  out.y = p2.y*x + p1.y*(1.0 - x);
  return out;
}

/* Compute the position that is dist away from pt at an heading angle of r
**
** The angle is a compass heading in degrees.  North is 0 (or 360).
** East is 90.  South is 180.  West is 270.  And so forth.
*/
static PPoint pik_position_at_angle(PNum dist, PNum r, PPoint pt){
  r *= 0.017453292519943295769;  /* degrees to radians */
  pt.x += dist*sin(r);
  pt.y += dist*cos(r);
  return pt;
}

/* Compute the position that is dist away at a compass point
*/
static PPoint pik_position_at_hdg(PNum dist, PToken *pD, PPoint pt){
  return pik_position_at_angle(dist, pik_hdg_angle[pD->eEdge], pt);
}

/* Return the coordinates for the n-th vertex of a line.
*/
static PPoint pik_nth_vertex(Pik *p, PToken *pNth, PToken *pErr, PObj *pObj){
  static const PPoint zero = {0, 0};
  int n;
  if( p->nErr || pObj==0 ) return p->aTPath[0];
  if( !pObj->type->isLine ){
    pik_error(p, pErr, "object is not a line");
    return zero;
  }
  n = atoi(pNth->z);
  if( n<1 || n>pObj->nPath ){
    pik_error(p, pNth, "no such vertex");
    return zero;
  }
  return pObj->aPath[n-1];
}

/* Return the value of a property of an object.
*/
static PNum pik_property_of(PObj *pObj, PToken *pProp){
  PNum v = 0.0;
  if( pObj ){
    switch( pProp->eType ){
      case T_HEIGHT:    v = pObj->h;            break;
      case T_WIDTH:     v = pObj->w;            break;
      case T_RADIUS:    v = pObj->rad;          break;
      case T_DIAMETER:  v = pObj->rad*2.0;      break;
      case T_THICKNESS: v = pObj->sw;           break;
      case T_DASHED:    v = pObj->dashed;       break;
      case T_DOTTED:    v = pObj->dotted;       break;
      case T_FILL:      v = pObj->fill;         break;
      case T_COLOR:     v = pObj->color;        break;
      case T_X:         v = pObj->ptAt.x;       break;
      case T_Y:         v = pObj->ptAt.y;       break;
      case T_TOP:       v = pObj->bbox.ne.y;    break;
      case T_BOTTOM:    v = pObj->bbox.sw.y;    break;
      case T_LEFT:      v = pObj->bbox.sw.x;    break;
      case T_RIGHT:     v = pObj->bbox.ne.x;    break;
    }
  }
  return v;
}

/* Compute one of the built-in functions
*/
static PNum pik_func(Pik *p, PToken *pFunc, PNum x, PNum y){
  PNum v = 0.0;
  switch( pFunc->eCode ){
    case FN_ABS:  v = x<0.0 ? -x : x;  break;
    case FN_COS:  v = cos(x);          break;
    case FN_INT:  v = rint(x);         break;
    case FN_SIN:  v = sin(x);          break;
    case FN_SQRT:
      if( x<0.0 ){
        pik_error(p, pFunc, "sqrt of negative value");
        v = 0.0;
      }else{
        v = sqrt(x);
      }
      break;
    case FN_MAX:  v = x>y ? x : y;   break;
    case FN_MIN:  v = x<y ? x : y;   break;
    default:      v = 0.0;
  }
  return v;
}

/* Attach a name to an object
*/
static void pik_elem_setname(Pik *p, PObj *pObj, PToken *pName){
  if( pObj==0 ) return;
  if( pName==0 ) return;
  free(pObj->zName);
  pObj->zName = malloc(pName->n+1);
  if( pObj->zName==0 ){
    pik_error(p,0,0);
  }else{
    memcpy(pObj->zName,pName->z,pName->n);
    pObj->zName[pName->n] = 0;
  }
  return;
}

/*
** Search for object located at *pCenter that has an xChop method and
** that does not enclose point pOther.
**
** Return a pointer to the object, or NULL if not found.
*/
static PObj *pik_find_chopper(PList *pList, PPoint *pCenter, PPoint *pOther){
  int i;
  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
  for(i=pList->n-1; i>=0; i--){
    PObj *pObj = pList->a[i];
    if( pObj->type->xChop!=0
     && pObj->ptAt.x==pCenter->x
     && pObj->ptAt.y==pCenter->y
     && !pik_bbox_contains_point(&pObj->bbox, pOther)
    ){
      return pObj;
    }else if( pObj->pSublist ){
      pObj = pik_find_chopper(pObj->pSublist,pCenter,pOther);
      if( pObj ) return pObj;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** There is a line traveling from pFrom to pTo.
**
** If pObj is not null and is a choppable object, then chop at
** the boundary of pObj - where the line crosses the boundary
** of pObj.
**
** If pObj is NULL or has no xChop method, then search for some
** other object centered at pTo that is choppable and use it
** instead.
*/
static void pik_autochop(Pik *p, PPoint *pFrom, PPoint *pTo, PObj *pObj){
  if( pObj==0 || pObj->type->xChop==0 ){
    pObj = pik_find_chopper(p->list, pTo, pFrom);
  }
  if( pObj ){
    *pTo = pObj->type->xChop(p, pObj, pFrom);
  }
}

/* This routine runs after all attributes have been received
** on an object.
*/
static void pik_after_adding_attributes(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  int i;
  PPoint ofst;
  PNum dx, dy;

  if( p->nErr ) return;

  /* Position block objects */
  if( pObj->type->isLine==0 ){
    /* A height or width less than or equal to zero means "autofit".
    ** Change the height or width to be big enough to contain the text,
    */
    if( pObj->h<=0.0 ){
      if( pObj->nTxt==0 ){
        pObj->h = 0.0;
      }else if( pObj->w<=0.0 ){
        pik_size_to_fit(p, &pObj->errTok, 3);
      }else{
        pik_size_to_fit(p, &pObj->errTok, 2);
      }
    }
    if( pObj->w<=0.0 ){
      if( pObj->nTxt==0 ){
        pObj->w = 0.0;
      }else{
        pik_size_to_fit(p, &pObj->errTok, 1);
      }
    }
    ofst = pik_elem_offset(p, pObj, pObj->eWith);
    dx = (pObj->with.x - ofst.x) - pObj->ptAt.x;
    dy = (pObj->with.y - ofst.y) - pObj->ptAt.y;
    if( dx!=0 || dy!=0 ){
      pik_elem_move(pObj, dx, dy);
    }
  }

  /* For a line object with no movement specified, a single movement
  ** of the default length in the current direction
  */
  if( pObj->type->isLine && p->nTPath<2 ){
    pik_next_rpath(p, 0);
    assert( p->nTPath==2 );
    switch( pObj->inDir ){
      default:        p->aTPath[1].x += pObj->w; break;
      case DIR_DOWN:  p->aTPath[1].y -= pObj->h; break;
      case DIR_LEFT:  p->aTPath[1].x -= pObj->w; break;
      case DIR_UP:    p->aTPath[1].y += pObj->h; break;
    }
    if( pObj->type->xInit==arcInit ){
      pObj->outDir = (pObj->inDir + (pObj->cw ? 1 : 3))%4;
      p->eDir = (unsigned char)pObj->outDir;
      switch( pObj->outDir ){
        default:        p->aTPath[1].x += pObj->w; break;
        case DIR_DOWN:  p->aTPath[1].y -= pObj->h; break;
        case DIR_LEFT:  p->aTPath[1].x -= pObj->w; break;
        case DIR_UP:    p->aTPath[1].y += pObj->h; break;
      }
    }
  }

  /* Initialize the bounding box prior to running xCheck */
  pik_bbox_init(&pObj->bbox);

  /* Run object-specific code */
  if( pObj->type->xCheck!=0 ){
    pObj->type->xCheck(p,pObj);
    if( p->nErr ) return;
  }

  /* Compute final bounding box, entry and exit points, center
  ** point (ptAt) and path for the object
  */
  if( pObj->type->isLine ){
    pObj->aPath = malloc( sizeof(PPoint)*p->nTPath );
    if( pObj->aPath==0 ){
      pik_error(p, 0, 0);
      return;
    }else{
      pObj->nPath = p->nTPath;
      for(i=0; i<p->nTPath; i++){
        pObj->aPath[i] = p->aTPath[i];
      }
    }

    /* "chop" processing:
    ** If the line goes to the center of an object with an
    ** xChop method, then use the xChop method to trim the line.
    */
    if( pObj->bChop && pObj->nPath>=2 ){
      int n = pObj->nPath;
      pik_autochop(p, &pObj->aPath[n-2], &pObj->aPath[n-1], pObj->pTo);
      pik_autochop(p, &pObj->aPath[1], &pObj->aPath[0], pObj->pFrom);
    }

    pObj->ptEnter = pObj->aPath[0];
    pObj->ptExit = pObj->aPath[pObj->nPath-1];

    /* Compute the center of the line based on the bounding box over
    ** the vertexes.  This is a difference from PIC.  In Pikchr, the
    ** center of a line is the center of its bounding box. In PIC, the
    ** center of a line is halfway between its .start and .end.  For
    ** straight lines, this is the same point, but for multi-segment
    ** lines the result is usually diferent */
    for(i=0; i<pObj->nPath; i++){
      pik_bbox_add_xy(&pObj->bbox, pObj->aPath[i].x, pObj->aPath[i].y);
    }
    pObj->ptAt.x = (pObj->bbox.ne.x + pObj->bbox.sw.x)/2.0;
    pObj->ptAt.y = (pObj->bbox.ne.y + pObj->bbox.sw.y)/2.0;

    /* Reset the width and height of the object to be the width and height
    ** of the bounding box over vertexes */
    pObj->w = pObj->bbox.ne.x - pObj->bbox.sw.x;
    pObj->h = pObj->bbox.ne.y - pObj->bbox.sw.y;

    /* If this is a polygon (if it has the "close" attribute), then
    ** adjust the exit point */
    if( pObj->bClose ){
      /* For "closed" lines, the .end is one of the .e, .s, .w, or .n
      ** points of the bounding box, as with block objects. */
      pik_elem_set_exit(pObj, pObj->inDir);
    }
  }else{
    PNum w2 = pObj->w/2.0;
    PNum h2 = pObj->h/2.0;
    pObj->ptEnter = pObj->ptAt;
    pObj->ptExit = pObj->ptAt;
    switch( pObj->inDir ){
      default:         pObj->ptEnter.x -= w2;  break;
      case DIR_LEFT:   pObj->ptEnter.x += w2;  break;
      case DIR_UP:     pObj->ptEnter.y -= h2;  break;
      case DIR_DOWN:   pObj->ptEnter.y += h2;  break;
    }
    switch( pObj->outDir ){
      default:         pObj->ptExit.x += w2;  break;
      case DIR_LEFT:   pObj->ptExit.x -= w2;  break;
      case DIR_UP:     pObj->ptExit.y += h2;  break;
      case DIR_DOWN:   pObj->ptExit.y -= h2;  break;
    }
    pik_bbox_add_xy(&pObj->bbox, pObj->ptAt.x - w2, pObj->ptAt.y - h2);
    pik_bbox_add_xy(&pObj->bbox, pObj->ptAt.x + w2, pObj->ptAt.y + h2);
  }
  p->eDir = (unsigned char)pObj->outDir;
}

/* Show basic information about each object as a comment in the
** generated HTML.  Used for testing and debugging.  Activated
** by the (undocumented) "debug = 1;"
** command.
*/
static void pik_elem_render(Pik *p, PObj *pObj){
  char *zDir;
  if( pObj==0 ) return;
  pik_append(p,"<!-- ", -1);
  if( pObj->zName ){
    pik_append_text(p, pObj->zName, -1, 0);
    pik_append(p, ": ", 2);
  }
  pik_append_text(p, pObj->type->zName, -1, 0);
  if( pObj->nTxt ){
    pik_append(p, " \"", 2);
    pik_append_text(p, pObj->aTxt[0].z+1, pObj->aTxt[0].n-2, 1);
    pik_append(p, "\"", 1);
  }
  pik_append_num(p, " w=", pObj->w);
  pik_append_num(p, " h=", pObj->h);
  pik_append_point(p, " center=", &pObj->ptAt);
  pik_append_point(p, " enter=", &pObj->ptEnter);
  switch( pObj->outDir ){
    default:        zDir = " right";  break;
    case DIR_LEFT:  zDir = " left";   break;
    case DIR_UP:    zDir = " up";     break;
    case DIR_DOWN:  zDir = " down";   break;
  }
  pik_append_point(p, " exit=", &pObj->ptExit);
  pik_append(p, zDir, -1);
  pik_append(p, " -->\n", -1);
}

/* Render a list of objects
*/
void pik_elist_render(Pik *p, PList *pList){
  int i;
  int iNextLayer = 0;
  int iThisLayer;
  int bMoreToDo;
  int miss = 0;
  int mDebug = pik_value_int(p, "debug", 5, 0);
  PNum colorLabel;
  do{
    bMoreToDo = 0;
    iThisLayer = iNextLayer;
    iNextLayer = 0x7fffffff;
    for(i=0; i<pList->n; i++){
      PObj *pObj = pList->a[i];
      void (*xRender)(Pik*,PObj*);
      if( pObj->iLayer>iThisLayer ){
        if( pObj->iLayer<iNextLayer ) iNextLayer = pObj->iLayer;
        bMoreToDo = 1;
        continue; /* Defer until another round */
      }else if( pObj->iLayer<iThisLayer ){
        continue;
      }
      if( mDebug & 1 ) pik_elem_render(p, pObj);
      xRender = pObj->type->xRender;
      if( xRender ){
        xRender(p, pObj);
      }
      if( pObj->pSublist ){
        pik_elist_render(p, pObj->pSublist);
      }
    }
  }while( bMoreToDo );

  /* If the color_debug_label value is defined, then go through
  ** and paint a dot at every label location */
  colorLabel = pik_value(p, "debug_label_color", 17, &miss);
  if( miss==0 && colorLabel>=0.0 ){
    PObj dot;
    memset(&dot, 0, sizeof(dot));
    dot.type = &noopClass;
    dot.rad = 0.015;
    dot.sw = 0.015;
    dot.fill = colorLabel;
    dot.color = colorLabel;
    dot.nTxt = 1;
    dot.aTxt[0].eCode = TP_ABOVE;
    for(i=0; i<pList->n; i++){
      PObj *pObj = pList->a[i];
      if( pObj->zName==0 ) continue;
      dot.ptAt = pObj->ptAt;
      dot.aTxt[0].z = pObj->zName;
      dot.aTxt[0].n = (int)strlen(pObj->zName);
      dotRender(p, &dot);
    }
  }
}

/* Add all objects of the list pList to the bounding box
*/
static void pik_bbox_add_elist(Pik *p, PList *pList, PNum wArrow){
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<pList->n; i++){
    PObj *pObj = pList->a[i];
    if( pObj->sw>=0.0 ) pik_bbox_addbox(&p->bbox, &pObj->bbox);
    pik_append_txt(p, pObj, &p->bbox);
    if( pObj->pSublist ) pik_bbox_add_elist(p, pObj->pSublist, wArrow);


    /* Expand the bounding box to account for arrowheads on lines */
    if( pObj->type->isLine && pObj->nPath>0 ){
      if( pObj->larrow ){
        pik_bbox_addellipse(&p->bbox, pObj->aPath[0].x, pObj->aPath[0].y,
                            wArrow, wArrow);
      }
      if( pObj->rarrow ){
        int j = pObj->nPath-1;
        pik_bbox_addellipse(&p->bbox, pObj->aPath[j].x, pObj->aPath[j].y,
                            wArrow, wArrow);
      }
    }
  }
}

/* Recompute key layout parameters from variables. */
static void pik_compute_layout_settings(Pik *p){
  PNum thickness;  /* Line thickness */
  PNum wArrow;     /* Width of arrowheads */

  /* Set up rendering parameters */
  if( p->bLayoutVars ) return;
  thickness = pik_value(p,"thickness",9,0);
  if( thickness<=0.01 ) thickness = 0.01;
  wArrow = 0.5*pik_value(p,"arrowwid",8,0);
  p->wArrow = wArrow/thickness;
  p->hArrow = pik_value(p,"arrowht",7,0)/thickness;
  p->fontScale = pik_value(p,"fontscale",9,0);
  if( p->fontScale<=0.0 ) p->fontScale = 1.0;
  p->rScale = 144.0;
  p->charWidth = pik_value(p,"charwid",7,0)*p->fontScale;
  p->charHeight = pik_value(p,"charht",6,0)*p->fontScale;
  p->bLayoutVars = 1;
}

/* Render a list of objects.  Write the SVG into p->zOut.
** Delete the input object_list before returnning.
*/
static void pik_render(Pik *p, PList *pList){
  if( pList==0 ) return;
  if( p->nErr==0 ){
    PNum thickness;  /* Stroke width */
    PNum margin;     /* Extra bounding box margin */
    PNum w, h;       /* Drawing width and height */
    PNum wArrow;
    PNum pikScale;   /* Value of the "scale" variable */
    int miss = 0;

    /* Set up rendering parameters */
    pik_compute_layout_settings(p);
    thickness = pik_value(p,"thickness",9,0);
    if( thickness<=0.01 ) thickness = 0.01;
    margin = pik_value(p,"margin",6,0);
    margin += thickness;
    wArrow = p->wArrow*thickness;
    miss = 0;
    p->fgcolor = pik_value_int(p,"fgcolor",7,&miss);
    if( miss ){
      PToken t;
      t.z = "fgcolor";
      t.n = 7;
      p->fgcolor = pik_round(pik_lookup_color(0, &t));
    }
    miss = 0;
    p->bgcolor = pik_value_int(p,"bgcolor",7,&miss);
    if( miss ){
      PToken t;
      t.z = "bgcolor";
      t.n = 7;
      p->bgcolor = pik_round(pik_lookup_color(0, &t));
    }

    /* Compute a bounding box over all objects so that we can know
    ** how big to declare the SVG canvas */
    pik_bbox_init(&p->bbox);
    pik_bbox_add_elist(p, pList, wArrow);

    /* Expand the bounding box slightly to account for line thickness
    ** and the optional "margin = EXPR" setting. */
    p->bbox.ne.x += margin + pik_value(p,"rightmargin",11,0);
    p->bbox.ne.y += margin + pik_value(p,"topmargin",9,0);
    p->bbox.sw.x -= margin + pik_value(p,"leftmargin",10,0);
    p->bbox.sw.y -= margin + pik_value(p,"bottommargin",12,0);

    /* Output the SVG */
    pik_append(p, "<svg xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'",-1);
    if( p->zClass ){
      pik_append(p, " class=\"", -1);
      pik_append(p, p->zClass, -1);
      pik_append(p, "\"", 1);
    }
    w = p->bbox.ne.x - p->bbox.sw.x;
    h = p->bbox.ne.y - p->bbox.sw.y;
    p->wSVG = pik_round(p->rScale*w);
    p->hSVG = pik_round(p->rScale*h);
    pikScale = pik_value(p,"scale",5,0);
    if( pikScale>=0.001 && pikScale<=1000.0
     && (pikScale<0.99 || pikScale>1.01)
    ){
      p->wSVG = pik_round(p->wSVG*pikScale);
      p->hSVG = pik_round(p->hSVG*pikScale);
      pik_append_num(p, " width=\"", p->wSVG);
      pik_append_num(p, "\" height=\"", p->hSVG);
      pik_append(p, "\"", 1);
    }
    pik_append_dis(p, " viewBox=\"0 0 ",w,"");
    pik_append_dis(p, " ",h,"\">\n");
    pik_elist_render(p, pList);
    pik_append(p,"</svg>\n", -1);
  }else{
    p->wSVG = -1;
    p->hSVG = -1;
  }
  pik_elist_free(p, pList);
}



/*
** An array of this structure defines a list of keywords.
*/
typedef struct PikWord {
  char *zWord;             /* Text of the keyword */
  unsigned char nChar;     /* Length of keyword text in bytes */
  unsigned char eType;     /* Token code */
  unsigned char eCode;     /* Extra code for the token */
  unsigned char eEdge;     /* CP_* code for corner/edge keywords */
} PikWord;

/*
** Keywords
*/
static const PikWord pik_keywords[] = {
  { "above",      5,   T_ABOVE,     0,         0        },
  { "abs",        3,   T_FUNC1,     FN_ABS,    0        },
  { "aligned",    7,   T_ALIGNED,   0,         0        },
  { "and",        3,   T_AND,       0,         0        },
  { "as",         2,   T_AS,        0,         0        },
  { "assert",     6,   T_ASSERT,    0,         0        },
  { "at",         2,   T_AT,        0,         0        },
  { "behind",     6,   T_BEHIND,    0,         0        },
  { "below",      5,   T_BELOW,     0,         0        },
  { "between",    7,   T_BETWEEN,   0,         0        },
  { "big",        3,   T_BIG,       0,         0        },
  { "bold",       4,   T_BOLD,      0,         0        },
  { "bot",        3,   T_EDGEPT,    0,         CP_S     },
  { "bottom",     6,   T_BOTTOM,    0,         CP_S     },
  { "c",          1,   T_EDGEPT,    0,         CP_C     },
  { "ccw",        3,   T_CCW,       0,         0        },
  { "center",     6,   T_CENTER,    0,         CP_C     },
  { "chop",       4,   T_CHOP,      0,         0        },
  { "close",      5,   T_CLOSE,     0,         0        },
  { "color",      5,   T_COLOR,     0,         0        },
  { "cos",        3,   T_FUNC1,     FN_COS,    0        },
  { "cw",         2,   T_CW,        0,         0        },
  { "dashed",     6,   T_DASHED,    0,         0        },
  { "define",     6,   T_DEFINE,    0,         0        },
  { "diameter",   8,   T_DIAMETER,  0,         0        },
  { "dist",       4,   T_DIST,      0,         0        },
  { "dotted",     6,   T_DOTTED,    0,         0        },
  { "down",       4,   T_DOWN,      DIR_DOWN,  0        },
  { "e",          1,   T_EDGEPT,    0,         CP_E     },
  { "east",       4,   T_EDGEPT,    0,         CP_E     },
  { "end",        3,   T_END,       0,         CP_END   },
  { "even",       4,   T_EVEN,      0,         0        },
  { "fill",       4,   T_FILL,      0,         0        },
  { "first",      5,   T_NTH,       0,         0        },
  { "fit",        3,   T_FIT,       0,         0        },
  { "from",       4,   T_FROM,      0,         0        },
  { "go",         2,   T_GO,        0,         0        },
  { "heading",    7,   T_HEADING,   0,         0        },
  { "height",     6,   T_HEIGHT,    0,         0        },
  { "ht",         2,   T_HEIGHT,    0,         0        },
  { "in",         2,   T_IN,        0,         0        },
  { "int",        3,   T_FUNC1,     FN_INT,    0        },
  { "invis",      5,   T_INVIS,     0,         0        },
  { "invisible",  9,   T_INVIS,     0,         0        },
  { "italic",     6,   T_ITALIC,    0,         0        },
  { "last",       4,   T_LAST,      0,         0        },
  { "left",       4,   T_LEFT,      DIR_LEFT,  CP_W     },
  { "ljust",      5,   T_LJUST,     0,         0        },
  { "max",        3,   T_FUNC2,     FN_MAX,    0        },
  { "min",        3,   T_FUNC2,     FN_MIN,    0        },
  { "mono",       4,   T_MONO,      0,         0        },
  { "monospace",  9,   T_MONO,      0,         0        },
  { "n",          1,   T_EDGEPT,    0,         CP_N     },
  { "ne",         2,   T_EDGEPT,    0,         CP_NE    },
  { "north",      5,   T_EDGEPT,    0,         CP_N     },
  { "nw",         2,   T_EDGEPT,    0,         CP_NW    },
  { "of",         2,   T_OF,        0,         0        },
  { "previous",   8,   T_LAST,      0,         0,       },
  { "print",      5,   T_PRINT,     0,         0        },
  { "rad",        3,   T_RADIUS,    0,         0        },
  { "radius",     6,   T_RADIUS,    0,         0        },
  { "right",      5,   T_RIGHT,     DIR_RIGHT, CP_E     },
  { "rjust",      5,   T_RJUST,     0,         0        },
  { "s",          1,   T_EDGEPT,    0,         CP_S     },
  { "same",       4,   T_SAME,      0,         0        },
  { "se",         2,   T_EDGEPT,    0,         CP_SE    },
  { "sin",        3,   T_FUNC1,     FN_SIN,    0        },
  { "small",      5,   T_SMALL,     0,         0        },
  { "solid",      5,   T_SOLID,     0,         0        },
  { "south",      5,   T_EDGEPT,    0,         CP_S     },
  { "sqrt",       4,   T_FUNC1,     FN_SQRT,   0        },
  { "start",      5,   T_START,     0,         CP_START },
  { "sw",         2,   T_EDGEPT,    0,         CP_SW    },
  { "t",          1,   T_TOP,       0,         CP_N     },
  { "the",        3,   T_THE,       0,         0        },
  { "then",       4,   T_THEN,      0,         0        },
  { "thick",      5,   T_THICK,     0,         0        },
  { "thickness",  9,   T_THICKNESS, 0,         0        },
  { "thin",       4,   T_THIN,      0,         0        },
  { "this",       4,   T_THIS,      0,         0        },
  { "to",         2,   T_TO,        0,         0        },
  { "top",        3,   T_TOP,       0,         CP_N     },
  { "until",      5,   T_UNTIL,     0,         0        },
  { "up",         2,   T_UP,        DIR_UP,    0        },
  { "vertex",     6,   T_VERTEX,    0,         0        },
  { "w",          1,   T_EDGEPT,    0,         CP_W     },
  { "way",        3,   T_WAY,       0,         0        },
  { "west",       4,   T_EDGEPT,    0,         CP_W     },
  { "wid",        3,   T_WIDTH,     0,         0        },
  { "width",      5,   T_WIDTH,     0,         0        },
  { "with",       4,   T_WITH,      0,         0        },
  { "x",          1,   T_X,         0,         0        },
  { "y",          1,   T_Y,         0,         0        },
};

/*
** Search a PikWordlist for the given keyword.  Return a pointer to the
** keyword entry found.  Or return 0 if not found.
*/
static const PikWord *pik_find_word(
  const char *zIn,              /* Word to search for */
  int n,                        /* Length of zIn */
  const PikWord *aList,         /* List to search */
  int nList                     /* Number of entries in aList */
){
  int first = 0;
  int last = nList-1;
  while( first<=last ){
    int mid = (first + last)/2;
    int sz = aList[mid].nChar;
    int c = strncmp(zIn, aList[mid].zWord, sz<n ? sz : n);
    if( c==0 ){
      c = n - sz;
      if( c==0 ) return &aList[mid];
    }
    if( c<0 ){
      last = mid-1;
    }else{
      first = mid+1;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Set a symbolic debugger breakpoint on this routine to receive a
** breakpoint when the "#breakpoint" token is parsed.
*/
static void pik_breakpoint(const unsigned char *z){
  /* Prevent C compilers from optimizing out this routine. */
  if( z[2]=='X' ) exit(1);
}


/*
** Return the length of next token.  The token starts on
** the pToken->z character.  Fill in other fields of the
** pToken object as appropriate.
*/
static int pik_token_length(PToken *pToken, int bAllowCodeBlock){
  const unsigned char *z = (const unsigned char*)pToken->z;
  int i;
  unsigned char c, c2;
  switch( z[0] ){
    case '\\': {
      pToken->eType = T_WHITESPACE;
      for(i=1; z[i]=='\r' || z[i]==' ' || z[i]=='\t'; i++){}
      if( z[i]=='\n'  ) return i+1;
      pToken->eType = T_ERROR;
      return 1;
    }
    case ';':
    case '\n': {
      pToken->eType = T_EOL;
      return 1;
    }
    case '"': {
      for(i=1; (c = z[i])!=0; i++){
        if( c=='\\' ){ 
          if( z[i+1]==0 ) break;
          i++;
          continue;
        }
        if( c=='"' ){
          pToken->eType = T_STRING;
          return i+1;
        }
      }
      pToken->eType = T_ERROR;
      return i;
    }
    case ' ':
    case '\t':
    case '\f':
    case '\r': {
      for(i=1; (c = z[i])==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\r' || c=='\t'; i++){}
      pToken->eType = T_WHITESPACE;
      return i;
    }
    case '#': {
      for(i=1; (c = z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){}
      pToken->eType = T_WHITESPACE;
      /* If the comment is "#breakpoint" then invoke the pik_breakpoint()
      ** routine.  The pik_breakpoint() routie is a no-op that serves as
      ** a convenient place to set a gdb breakpoint when debugging. */
      if( strncmp((const char*)z,"#breakpoint",11)==0 ) pik_breakpoint(z);
      return i;
    }
    case '/': {
      if( z[1]=='*' ){
        for(i=2; z[i]!=0 && (z[i]!='*' || z[i+1]!='/'); i++){}
        if( z[i]=='*' ){
          pToken->eType = T_WHITESPACE;
          return i+2;
        }else{
          pToken->eType = T_ERROR;
          return i;
        }
      }else if( z[1]=='/' ){
        for(i=2; z[i]!=0 && z[i]!='\n'; i++){}
        pToken->eType = T_WHITESPACE;
        return i;
      }else if( z[1]=='=' ){
        pToken->eType = T_ASSIGN;
        pToken->eCode = T_SLASH;
        return 2;
      }else{
        pToken->eType = T_SLASH;
        return 1;
      }
    }
    case '+': {
      if( z[1]=='=' ){
        pToken->eType = T_ASSIGN;
        pToken->eCode = T_PLUS;
        return 2;
      }
      pToken->eType = T_PLUS;
      return 1;
    }
    case '*': {
      if( z[1]=='=' ){
        pToken->eType = T_ASSIGN;
        pToken->eCode = T_STAR;
        return 2;
      }
      pToken->eType = T_STAR;
      return 1;
    }
    case '%': {   pToken->eType = T_PERCENT; return 1; }
    case '(': {   pToken->eType = T_LP;      return 1; }
    case ')': {   pToken->eType = T_RP;      return 1; }
    case '[': {   pToken->eType = T_LB;      return 1; }
    case ']': {   pToken->eType = T_RB;      return 1; }
    case ',': {   pToken->eType = T_COMMA;   return 1; }
    case ':': {   pToken->eType = T_COLON;   return 1; }
    case '>': {   pToken->eType = T_GT;      return 1; }
    case '=': {
       if( z[1]=='=' ){
         pToken->eType = T_EQ;
         return 2;
       }
       pToken->eType = T_ASSIGN;
       pToken->eCode = T_ASSIGN;
       return 1;
    }
    case '-': {
      if( z[1]=='>' ){
        pToken->eType = T_RARROW;
        return 2;
      }else if( z[1]=='=' ){
        pToken->eType = T_ASSIGN;
        pToken->eCode = T_MINUS;
        return 2;
      }else{
        pToken->eType = T_MINUS;
        return 1;
      }
    }
    case '<': { 
      if( z[1]=='-' ){
         if( z[2]=='>' ){
           pToken->eType = T_LRARROW;
           return 3;
         }else{
           pToken->eType = T_LARROW;
           return 2;
         }
      }else{
        pToken->eType = T_LT;
        return 1;
      }
    }
    case 0xe2: {
      if( z[1]==0x86 ){
        if( z[2]==0x90 ){
          pToken->eType = T_LARROW;   /* <- */
          return 3;
        }
        if( z[2]==0x92 ){
          pToken->eType = T_RARROW;   /* -> */
          return 3;
        }
        if( z[2]==0x94 ){
          pToken->eType = T_LRARROW;  /* <-> */
          return 3;
        }
      }
      pToken->eType = T_ERROR;
      return 1;
    }
    case '{': {
      int len, depth;
      i = 1;
      if( bAllowCodeBlock ){
        depth = 1;
        while( z[i] && depth>0 ){
          PToken x;
          x.z = (char*)(z+i);
          len = pik_token_length(&x, 0);
          if( len==1 ){
            if( z[i]=='{' ) depth++;
            if( z[i]=='}' ) depth--;
          }
          i += len;
        }
      }else{
        depth = 0;
      }
      if( depth ){
        pToken->eType = T_ERROR;
        return 1;
      }
      pToken->eType = T_CODEBLOCK;
      return i;
    }
    case '&': {
      static const struct {
         int nByte;            /* Number of bytes in zEntity */
         int eCode;            /* Corresponding token code */
         const char *zEntity;  /* Name of the HTML entity */
      } aEntity[] = {
                      /*   123456789 1234567 */
         { 6,  T_RARROW,  "&rarr;"           },   /* Same as -> */
         { 12, T_RARROW,  "&rightarrow;"     },   /* Same as -> */
         { 6,  T_LARROW,  "&larr;"           },   /* Same as <- */
         { 11, T_LARROW,  "&leftarrow;"      },   /* Same as <- */
         { 16, T_LRARROW, "&leftrightarrow;" },   /* Same as <-> */
      };
      unsigned int i;
      for(i=0; i<sizeof(aEntity)/sizeof(aEntity[0]); i++){
        if( strncmp((const char*)z,aEntity[i].zEntity,aEntity[i].nByte)==0 ){
          pToken->eType = aEntity[i].eCode;
          return aEntity[i].nByte;
        }
      }
      pToken->eType = T_ERROR;
      return 1;
    }
    default: {
      c = z[0];
      if( c=='.' ){
        unsigned char c1 = z[1];
        if( islower(c1) ){
          const PikWord *pFound;
          for(i=2; (c = z[i])>='a' && c<='z'; i++){}
          pFound = pik_find_word((const char*)z+1, i-1,
                                    pik_keywords, count(pik_keywords));
          if( pFound && (pFound->eEdge>0 ||
                         pFound->eType==T_EDGEPT ||
                         pFound->eType==T_START ||
                         pFound->eType==T_END )
          ){
            /* Dot followed by something that is a 2-D place value */
            pToken->eType = T_DOT_E;
          }else if( pFound && (pFound->eType==T_X || pFound->eType==T_Y) ){
            /* Dot followed by "x" or "y" */
            pToken->eType = T_DOT_XY;
          }else{
            /* Any other "dot" */
            pToken->eType = T_DOT_L;
          }
          return 1;
        }else if( isdigit(c1) ){
          i = 0;
          /* no-op.  Fall through to number handling */
        }else if( isupper(c1) ){
          for(i=2; (c = z[i])!=0 && (isalnum(c) || c=='_'); i++){}
          pToken->eType = T_DOT_U;
          return 1;
        }else{
          pToken->eType = T_ERROR;
          return 1;
        }
      }
      if( (c>='0' && c<='9') || c=='.' ){
        int nDigit;
        int isInt = 1;
        if( c!='.' ){
          nDigit = 1;
          for(i=1; (c = z[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){ nDigit++; }
          if( i==1 && (c=='x' || c=='X') ){
            for(i=2; (c = z[i])!=0 && isxdigit(c); i++){}
            pToken->eType = T_NUMBER;
            return i;
          }
        }else{
          isInt = 0;
          nDigit = 0;
          i = 0;
        }
        if( c=='.' ){
          isInt = 0;
          for(i++; (c = z[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){ nDigit++; }
        }
        if( nDigit==0 ){
          pToken->eType = T_ERROR;
          return i;
        }
        if( c=='e' || c=='E' ){
          int iBefore = i;
          i++;
          c2 = z[i];
          if( c2=='+' || c2=='-' ){
            i++;
            c2 = z[i];
          }
          if( c2<'0' || c>'9' ){
            /* This is not an exp */
            i = iBefore;
          }else{
            i++;
            isInt = 0;
            while( (c = z[i])>='0' && c<='9' ){ i++; }
          }
        }
        c2 = c ? z[i+1] : 0;
        if( isInt ){
          if( (c=='t' && c2=='h')
           || (c=='r' && c2=='d')
           || (c=='n' && c2=='d')
           || (c=='s' && c2=='t')
          ){
            pToken->eType = T_NTH;
            return i+2;
          }
        }
        if( (c=='i' && c2=='n')
         || (c=='c' && c2=='m')
         || (c=='m' && c2=='m')
         || (c=='p' && c2=='t')
         || (c=='p' && c2=='x')
         || (c=='p' && c2=='c')
        ){
          i += 2;
        }
        pToken->eType = T_NUMBER;
        return i;
      }else if( islower(c) ){
        const PikWord *pFound;
        for(i=1; (c =  z[i])!=0 && (isalnum(c) || c=='_'); i++){}
        pFound = pik_find_word((const char*)z, i,
                               pik_keywords, count(pik_keywords));
        if( pFound ){
          pToken->eType = pFound->eType;
          pToken->eCode = pFound->eCode;
          pToken->eEdge = pFound->eEdge;
          return i;
        }
        pToken->n = i;
        if( pik_find_class(pToken)!=0 ){
          pToken->eType = T_CLASSNAME;
        }else{
          pToken->eType = T_ID;
        }
        return i;
      }else if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
        for(i=1; (c =  z[i])!=0 && (isalnum(c) || c=='_'); i++){}
        pToken->eType = T_PLACENAME;
        return i;
      }else if( c=='$' && z[1]>='1' && z[1]<='9' && !isdigit(z[2]) ){
        pToken->eType = T_PARAMETER;
        pToken->eCode = z[1] - '1';
        return 2;
      }else if( c=='_' || c=='$' || c=='@' ){
        for(i=1; (c =  z[i])!=0 && (isalnum(c) || c=='_'); i++){}
        pToken->eType = T_ID;
        return i;
      }else{
        pToken->eType = T_ERROR;
        return 1;
      }
    }
  }
}

/*
** Return a pointer to the next non-whitespace token after pThis.
** This is used to help form error messages.
*/
static PToken pik_next_semantic_token(PToken *pThis){
  PToken x;
  int sz;
  int i = pThis->n;
  memset(&x, 0, sizeof(x));
  x.z = pThis->z;
  while(1){
    x.z = pThis->z + i;
    sz = pik_token_length(&x, 1);
    if( x.eType!=T_WHITESPACE ){
      x.n = sz;
      return x;
    }
    i += sz;
  }
}

/* Parser arguments to a macro invocation
**
**     (arg1, arg2, ...)
**
** Arguments are comma-separated, except that commas within string
** literals or with (...), {...}, or [...] do not count.  The argument
** list begins and ends with parentheses.  There can be at most 9
** arguments.
**
** Return the number of bytes in the argument list.
*/
static unsigned int pik_parse_macro_args(
  Pik *p,
  const char *z,     /* Start of the argument list */
  int n,             /* Available bytes */
  PToken *args,      /* Fill in with the arguments */
  PToken *pOuter     /* Arguments of the next outer context, or NULL */
){
  int nArg = 0;
  int i, j, sz;
  int iStart;
  int depth = 0;
  PToken x;
  if( z[0]!='(' ) return 0;
  args[0].z = z+1;
  iStart = 1;
  for(i=1; i<n && z[i]!=')'; i+=sz){
    x.z = z+i;
    sz = pik_token_length(&x, 0);
    if( sz!=1 ) continue;
    if( z[i]==',' && depth<=0 ){
      args[nArg].n = i - iStart;
      if( nArg==8 ){
        x.z = z;
        x.n = 1;
        pik_error(p, &x, "too many macro arguments - max 9");
        return 0;
      }
      nArg++;
      args[nArg].z = z+i+1;
      iStart = i+1;
      depth = 0;
    }else if( z[i]=='(' || z[i]=='{' || z[i]=='[' ){
      depth++;
    }else if( z[i]==')' || z[i]=='}' || z[i]==']' ){
      depth--;
    }
  }
  if( z[i]==')' ){
    args[nArg].n = i - iStart;
    /* Remove leading and trailing whitespace from each argument.
    ** If what remains is one of $1, $2, ... $9 then transfer the
    ** corresponding argument from the outer context */
    for(j=0; j<=nArg; j++){
      PToken *t = &args[j];
      while( t->n>0 && isspace(t->z[0]) ){ t->n--; t->z++; }
      while( t->n>0 && isspace(t->z[t->n-1]) ){ t->n--; }
      if( t->n==2 && t->z[0]=='$' && t->z[1]>='1' && t->z[1]<='9' ){
        if( pOuter ) *t = pOuter[t->z[1]-'1'];
        else t->n = 0;
      }
    }
    return i+1;
  }
  x.z = z;
  x.n = 1;
  pik_error(p, &x, "unterminated macro argument list");
  return 0;
}

/*
** Split up the content of a PToken into multiple tokens and
** send each to the parser.
*/
void pik_tokenize(Pik *p, PToken *pIn, yyParser *pParser, PToken *aParam){
  unsigned int i;
  int sz = 0;
  PToken token;
  PMacro *pMac;
  for(i=0; i<pIn->n && pIn->z[i] && p->nErr==0; i+=sz){
    token.eCode = 0;
    token.eEdge = 0;
    token.z = pIn->z + i;
    sz = pik_token_length(&token, 1);
    if( token.eType==T_WHITESPACE ){
      /* no-op */
    }else if( sz>50000 ){
      token.n = 1;
      pik_error(p, &token, "token is too long - max length 50000 bytes");
      break;
    }else if( token.eType==T_ERROR ){
      token.n = (unsigned short)(sz & 0xffff);
      pik_error(p, &token, "unrecognized token");
      break;
    }else if( sz+i>pIn->n ){
      token.n = pIn->n - i;
      pik_error(p, &token, "syntax error");
      break;
    }else if( token.eType==T_PARAMETER ){
      /* Substitute a parameter into the input stream */
      if( aParam==0 || aParam[token.eCode].n==0 ){
        continue;
      }
      token.n = (unsigned short)(sz & 0xffff);
      if( p->nCtx>=count(p->aCtx) ){
        pik_error(p, &token, "macros nested too deep");
      }else{
        p->aCtx[p->nCtx++] = token;
        pik_tokenize(p, &aParam[token.eCode], pParser, 0);
        p->nCtx--;
      }
    }else if( token.eType==T_ID
               && (token.n = (unsigned short)(sz & 0xffff), 
                   (pMac = pik_find_macro(p,&token))!=0)
    ){
      PToken args[9];
      unsigned int j = i+sz;
      if( pMac->inUse ){
        pik_error(p, &pMac->macroName, "recursive macro definition");
        break;
      }
      token.n = (short int)(sz & 0xffff);
      if( p->nCtx>=count(p->aCtx) ){
        pik_error(p, &token, "macros nested too deep");
        break;
      } 
      pMac->inUse = 1;
      memset(args, 0, sizeof(args));
      p->aCtx[p->nCtx++] = token;
      sz += pik_parse_macro_args(p, pIn->z+j, pIn->n-j, args, aParam);
      pik_tokenize(p, &pMac->macroBody, pParser, args);
      p->nCtx--;
      pMac->inUse = 0;
    }else{
#if 0
      printf("******** Token %s (%d): \"%.*s\" **************\n",
             yyTokenName[token.eType], token.eType,
             (int)(isspace(token.z[0]) ? 0 : sz), token.z);
#endif
      token.n = (unsigned short)(sz & 0xffff);
      if( p->nToken++ > PIKCHR_TOKEN_LIMIT ){
        pik_error(p, &token, "script is too complex");
        break;
      }
      pik_parser(pParser, token.eType, token);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Parse the PIKCHR script contained in zText[].  Return a rendering.  Or
** if an error is encountered, return the error text.  The error message
** is HTML formatted.  So regardless of what happens, the return text
** is safe to be insertd into an HTML output stream.
**
** If pnWidth and pnHeight are not NULL, then this routine writes the
** width and height of the <SVG> object into the integers that they
** point to.  A value of -1 is written if an error is seen.
**
** If zClass is not NULL, then it is a class name to be included in
** the <SVG> markup.
**
** The returned string is contained in memory obtained from malloc()
** and should be released by the caller.
*/
char *pikchr(
  const char *zText,     /* Input PIKCHR source text.  zero-terminated */
  const char *zClass,    /* Add class="%s" to <svg> markup */
  unsigned int mFlags,   /* Flags used to influence rendering behavior */
  int *pnWidth,          /* Write width of <svg> here, if not NULL */
  int *pnHeight          /* Write height here, if not NULL */
){
  Pik s;
  yyParser sParse;

  memset(&s, 0, sizeof(s));
  s.sIn.z = zText;
  s.sIn.n = (unsigned int)strlen(zText);
  s.eDir = DIR_RIGHT;
  s.zClass = zClass;
  s.mFlags = mFlags;
  pik_parserInit(&sParse, &s);
#if 0
  pik_parserTrace(stdout, "parser: ");
#endif
  pik_tokenize(&s, &s.sIn, &sParse, 0);
  if( s.nErr==0 ){
    PToken token;
    memset(&token,0,sizeof(token));
    token.z = zText + (s.sIn.n>0 ? s.sIn.n-1 : 0);
    token.n = 1;
    pik_parser(&sParse, 0, token);
  }
  pik_parserFinalize(&sParse);
  if( s.zOut==0 && s.nErr==0 ){
    pik_append(&s, "<!-- empty pikchr diagram -->\n", -1);
  }
  while( s.pVar ){
    PVar *pNext = s.pVar->pNext;
    free(s.pVar);
    s.pVar = pNext;
  }
  while( s.pMacros ){
    PMacro *pNext = s.pMacros->pNext;
    free(s.pMacros);
    s.pMacros = pNext;
  }
  if( pnWidth ) *pnWidth = s.nErr ? -1 : s.wSVG;
  if( pnHeight ) *pnHeight = s.nErr ? -1 : s.hSVG;
  if( s.zOut ){
    s.zOut[s.nOut] = 0;
    s.zOut = realloc(s.zOut, s.nOut+1);
  }
  return s.zOut;
}

#if defined(PIKCHR_FUZZ)
#include <stdint.h>
int LLVMFuzzerTestOneInput(const uint8_t *aData, size_t nByte){
  int w,h;
  char *zIn, *zOut;
  unsigned int mFlags = nByte & 3;
  zIn = malloc( nByte + 1 );
  if( zIn==0 ) return 0;
  memcpy(zIn, aData, nByte);
  zIn[nByte] = 0;
  zOut = pikchr(zIn, "pikchr", mFlags, &w, &h);
  free(zIn);
  free(zOut);
  return 0;
}
#endif /* PIKCHR_FUZZ */

#if defined(PIKCHR_SHELL)
/* Print a usage comment for the shell and exit. */
static void usage(const char *argv0){
  fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s [OPTIONS] FILE ...\n", argv0);
  fprintf(stderr,
    "Convert Pikchr input files into SVG.  Filename \"-\" means stdin.\n"
    "All output goes to stdout.\n"
    "Options:\n"
    "   --dont-stop      Process all files even if earlier files have errors\n"
    "   --svg-only       Emit raw SVG without the HTML wrapper\n"
  );
  exit(1);
}

/* Send text to standard output, but escape HTML markup */
static void print_escape_html(const char *z){
  int j;
  char c;
  while( z[0]!=0 ){
    for(j=0; (c = z[j])!=0 && c!='<' && c!='>' && c!='&'; j++){}
    if( j ) printf("%.*s", j, z);
    z += j+1;
    j = -1;
    if( c=='<' ){
      printf("&lt;");
    }else if( c=='>' ){
      printf("&gt;");
    }else if( c=='&' ){
      printf("&amp;");
    }else if( c==0 ){
      break;
    }
  }
}

/* Read the content of file zFilename into memory obtained from malloc()
** Return the memory.  If something goes wrong (ex: the file does not exist
** or cannot be opened) put an error message on stderr and return NULL.
**
** If the filename is "-" read stdin.
*/
static char *readFile(const char *zFilename){
  FILE *in;
  size_t n;
  size_t nUsed = 0;
  size_t nAlloc = 0;
  char *z = 0, *zNew = 0;
  in = strcmp(zFilename,"-")==0 ? stdin : fopen(zFilename, "rb");
  if( in==0 ){
    fprintf(stderr, "cannot open \"%s\" for reading\n", zFilename);
    return 0;
  }
  while(1){
    if( nUsed+2>=nAlloc ){
      nAlloc = nAlloc*2 + 4000;
      zNew = realloc(z, nAlloc);
    }
    if( zNew==0 ){
      free(z);
      fprintf(stderr, "out of memory trying to allocate %lld bytes\n",
              (long long int)nAlloc);
      exit(1);
    }
    z = zNew;
    n = fread(z+nUsed, 1, nAlloc-nUsed-1, in);
    if( n<=0 ){
      break;
    }
    nUsed += n;
  }
  if( in!=stdin ) fclose(in);
  z[nUsed] = 0;
  return z;
}


/* Testing interface
**
** Generate HTML on standard output that displays both the original
** input text and the rendered SVG for all files named on the command
** line.
*/
int main(int argc, char **argv){
  int i;
  int bSvgOnly = 0;            /* Output SVG only.  No HTML wrapper */
  int bDontStop = 0;           /* Continue in spite of errors */
  int exitCode = 0;            /* What to return */
  int mFlags = 0;              /* mFlags argument to pikchr() */
  const char *zStyle = "";     /* Extra styling */
  const char *zHtmlHdr = 
    "<!DOCTYPE html>\n"
    "<html lang=\"en-US\">\n"
    "<head>\n<title>PIKCHR Test</title>\n"
    "<style>\n"
    "  .hidden {\n"
    "     position: absolute !important;\n"
    "     opacity: 0 !important;\n"
    "     pointer-events: none !important;\n"
    "     display: none !important;\n"
    "  }\n"
    "</style>\n"
    "<script>\n"
    "  function toggleHidden(id){\n"
    "    for(var c of document.getElementById(id).children){\n"
    "      c.classList.toggle('hidden');\n"
    "    }\n"
    "  }\n"
    "</script>\n"
    "<meta charset=\"utf-8\">\n"
    "</head>\n"
    "<body>\n"
  ;
  if( argc<2 ) usage(argv[0]);
  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
    char *zIn;
    char *zOut;
    int w, h;

    if( argv[i][0]=='-' && argv[i][1]!=0 ){
      char *z = argv[i];
      z++;
      if( z[0]=='-' ) z++;
      if( strcmp(z,"dont-stop")==0 ){
        bDontStop = 1;
      }else
      if( strcmp(z,"dark-mode")==0 ){
        zStyle = "color:white;background-color:black;";
        mFlags |= PIKCHR_DARK_MODE;
      }else
      if( strcmp(z,"svg-only")==0 ){
        if( zHtmlHdr==0 ){
          fprintf(stderr, "the \"%s\" option must come first\n",argv[i]);
          exit(1);
        }
        bSvgOnly = 1;
        mFlags |= PIKCHR_PLAINTEXT_ERRORS;
      }else
      {
        fprintf(stderr,"unknown option: \"%s\"\n", argv[i]);
        usage(argv[0]);
      }
      continue;
    }
    zIn = readFile(argv[i]);
    if( zIn==0 ) continue;
    zOut = pikchr(zIn, "pikchr", mFlags, &w, &h);
    if( w<0 ) exitCode = 1;
    if( zOut==0 ){
      fprintf(stderr, "pikchr() returns NULL.  Out of memory?\n");
      if( !bDontStop ) exit(1);
    }else if( bSvgOnly ){
      printf("%s\n", zOut);
    }else{
      if( zHtmlHdr ){
        printf("%s", zHtmlHdr);
        zHtmlHdr = 0;
      }
      printf("<h1>File %s</h1>\n", argv[i]);
      if( w<0 ){
        printf("<p>ERROR</p>\n%s\n", zOut);
      }else{
        printf("<div id=\"svg-%d\" onclick=\"toggleHidden('svg-%d')\">\n",i,i);
        printf("<div style='border:3px solid lightgray;max-width:%dpx;%s'>\n",
               w,zStyle);
        printf("%s</div>\n", zOut);
        printf("<pre class='hidden'>");
        print_escape_html(zIn);
        printf("</pre>\n</div>\n");
      }
    }
    free(zOut);
    free(zIn);
  }
  if( !bSvgOnly ){
    printf("</body></html>\n");
  }
  return exitCode ? EXIT_FAILURE : EXIT_SUCCESS; 
}
#endif /* PIKCHR_SHELL */

#ifdef PIKCHR_TCL
#include <tcl.h>
/*
** An interface to TCL
**
** TCL command:     pikchr $INPUTTEXT
**
** Returns a list of 3 elements which are the output text, the width, and
** the height.
**
** Register the "pikchr" command by invoking Pikchr_Init(Tcl_Interp*).  Or
** compile this source file as a shared library and load it using the
** "load" command of Tcl.
**
** Compile this source-code file into a shared library using a command
** similar to this:
**
**    gcc -c pikchr.so -DPIKCHR_TCL -shared pikchr.c
*/
static int pik_tcl_command(
  ClientData clientData, /* Not Used */
  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
){
  int w, h;              /* Width and height of the pikchr */
  const char *zIn;       /* Source text input */
  char *zOut;            /* SVG output text */
  Tcl_Obj *pRes;         /* The result TCL object */

  (void)clientData;
  if( objc!=2 ){
    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "PIKCHR_SOURCE_TEXT");
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  zIn = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
  w = h = 0;
  zOut = pikchr(zIn, "pikchr", 0, &w, &h);
  if( zOut==0 ){
    return TCL_ERROR;  /* Out of memory */
  }
  pRes = Tcl_NewObj();
  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRes, Tcl_NewStringObj(zOut, -1));
  free(zOut);
  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRes, Tcl_NewIntObj(w));
  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRes, Tcl_NewIntObj(h));
  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRes);
  return TCL_OK;
}

#ifndef PACKAGE_NAME
# define PACKAGE_NAME "pikchr"
#endif
#ifndef PACKAGE_VERSION
# define PACKAGE_VERSION "1.0"
#endif

/* Invoke this routine to register the "pikchr" command with the interpreter
** given in the argument */
int Pikchr_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "pikchr", pik_tcl_command, 0, 0);
  Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, PACKAGE_NAME, PACKAGE_VERSION);
  return TCL_OK;
}


#endif /* PIKCHR_TCL */


#line 8173 "pikchr.c"
